Detection of nucleic acids

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides modified oligonucleotides and methods for their use in the detection of nucleic acids. The oligonucleotides and methods find particular application in amplifying and/or detecting areas of genetic variation in target nucleic acid sequences.

INCORPORATION BY CROSS-REFERENCE

This application claims priority from Australian provisional patent application number 2012900624 filed on 20 Feb. 2012 and Australian provisional patent application number 2012902218 filed on 29 May 2012, the entire contents of which are incorporated by cross-reference.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present invention relates generally to the field of molecular biology. More specifically, the present invention provides modified oligonucleotides and methods for their use in the detection of target nucleic acids. The oligonucleotides and methods find particular application in amplifying and/or detecting areas of genetic variation in target nucleic acid sequences.

BACKGROUND

A variety of inherited and acquired diseases are associated with genetic variations such as point mutations, deletions and insertions. Genetic variations such as single nucleotide polymorphisms may be informative in predicting response to drugs and providing prognostic indications of disease risk and severity. Some genetic variants are directly associated with the presence of disease, while others correlate with disease risk and/or prognosis. There are more than 500 human genetic diseases which result from mutations in single genes. These include cystic fibrosis, muscular dystrophy, α1-antitrypsin deficiency, phenylketonuria, sickle cell anemia or trait, and various other haemoglobinopathies. Furthermore, individuals with increased susceptibility to several common polygenic conditions, such as atherosclerotic heart disease, have been shown to have an association with the inheritance of a particular DNA sequence polymorphism. Cancer is thought to develop due the accumulation of genetic lesions in genes involved in cellular proliferation or differentiation.

The genetic variability within pathogens can play a role in the severity of associated disease and the nature of therapeutic intervention. Examples include (i) mutations associated with drug resistant strains of bacteria such as Tuberculosis; (ii) therapy induced resistance in viruses such as HIV which is associated with specific nucleotides, and (iii) specific sequences in HCV that are predictive of therapeutic response.

Genetic analysis is becoming routine in the clinic for assessing disease risk, diagnosis of disease, predicting a patient's prognosis or response to therapy, and for monitoring a patient's progress. The introduction of such genetic tests depends on the development of simple, inexpensive, and rapid assays for discriminating genetic variations.

Methods of in vitro nucleic acid amplification have wide-spread applications in genetics and disease diagnosis. Such methods include polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), helicase dependent amplification (HDA), Recombinase Polymerase Amplification (RPA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Each of these target amplification strategies requires the use of oligonucleotide primers. The process of amplification results in the exponential amplification of amplicons which incorporate the oligonucleotide primers at their 5′ termini and which contain newly synthesized copies of the sequences located between the primers.

Commonly used methods for detection of small genetic variations involving PCR include High Resolution Melt curve analysis and the use of Molecular Beacons. Melt curve and Molecular Beacons are suitable methods for detection of sequences that represent a large proportion of the population, but they are not suitable for situations where the mutation must be detected in a large background of non-mutated DNA such as for acquired mutations involved in cancer, genotyping rare/emerging viral strains or identification of drug resistant bacteria in a background of drug sensitive bacteria.

As an example, PCR is extremely versatile and many modifications of the basic protocols have been developed. Primers used in PCR may be a perfectly matched to the target sequence or they can contain mismatched and or modified bases. Additional tag sequences at the 5′ end of primers can facilitate capture of PCR amplicons and the inclusion of labelled primers can facilitate detection. Other protocols which have introduced non-target related sequence (non-complementary tag sequence) into the 5′ portion of oligonucleotide primers have done so to introduce restriction sites for cloning or to tag amplicons for second round of amplification with generic primer which are not related to the original target. While it is known in the art that the 5′ half of a given primer can tolerate the insertion of bases that do not hybridize to the initial target, it also well acknowledged that the 3′ portion of the primer is far less amenable to the presence of mismatched bases.

This observation led to the development of oligonucleotide primers for Amplification Refractory Mutation System (ARMS) (Newton et al 1989 Nucleic Acids Research 17:2503-2516) also known as Allele Specific PCR (AS-PCR). ARMS primers promote discrimination of small genetic variations such as a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP). This ability is based on the fact that oligonucleotides with a mismatched 3′ residue will not function as efficiently as primers compared to fully matched sequences. Kwok et al. demonstrated that this discrimination was not complete and depended on the DNA bases involved in the mismatch (Kwok, et al. 1990 Nucleic Acids Research 18: 999-10005). Double mismatches between a primer and template, with one mismatch at the 3′ end of the primer, provide an increased ability of ARMS primers to effectively discriminate between alleles (Kwok, et al. 1990 Nucleic Acids Research 18: 999-10005). ARMS primers must be well designed with the strength of the 3′ mismatch balanced by the strength of the second mismatch. This is also balanced by carefully selecting the annealing temperature of the PCR which has an effect on the efficiency with which mismatched primers anneal to their target. Design of ARMS assays can be difficult and development of reaction conditions, for example temperature, where all primers discriminate effectively is tedious.

Universal bases exhibit the ability to replace the four normal bases without significantly destabilizing neighboring base-pair interactions or disrupting the expected functional biochemical utility of the modified oligonucleotide. It is well known in the art that oligonucleotides that include a universal base will function as a primer for DNA sequencing or PCR. The most commonly used degenerate modified base is deoxyinosine, which serves as a “universal” base, as it is capable of wobble base pairing with all four natural nucleotides, though not with equal affinity (I-C>I-A>I-T˜I-G>I-I). As such, inosine has been extensively used in PCR in applications such as amplification of ambiguous sequences which require degeneracy at certain base positions of primers and probes.

WO 2006/092941 describes the use of dual specificity oligonucleotides composed of three different Tm portions to enhance specific amplification from PCR. The dual specificity oligonucleotide (DSO) is composed of 3 regions of sequence. The 5′ portion of the DSO is target-specific and has a high Tm. The middle portion of the DSO is a separation portion composed between 2 to 10 “universal” bases which are not any of the standard DNA bases (i.e. not G, A, T or C). The 3′ portion of the DSO is target-specific. DSO can tolerate mismatches within the 5′ and 3′ portions of the oligonucleotides and thus to use DSO as primers to effectively discriminate small genetic variations requires stringent conditions for primer annealing. The universal bases in the middle portion are capable of non-specific base paring with all four conventional DNA bases. As such these DSO primers are capable of binding to the initial target along the entire length of the primer (since the bases are universal as opposed to mismatched), although the temperature may be set such that the universal portion may not be bound during primer annealing. Once copied however, amplicons will contain variant sequence opposite the position of the universal bases and thus the presence of universal bases does not introduce any specific unique sequence into the amplicons generated using DSO primers.

Despite the relatively large number of techniques that have been developed for amplifying, detecting and analysing sequences, there is a substantial need for more rapid, accurate and inexpensive assays for discriminating genetic variations. A need also exists for methods that improve the amplification of sequences that comprise regions of genetic variability in cases where the variability is non-informative and complicates amplification. Further, better methods are required to increase the capacity to analyse more than one target in a multiplex format, particularly when detecting small genetic variations (e.g. single nucleotide polymorphisms—SNPs).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention meets at least one of the needs mentioned above by providing oligonucleotides capable of introducing unique specific sequences into amplicons. A unique sequence introduced into an amplicon by an oligonucleotide provided herein may be used to provide a greater region of variability in an amplified target polynucleotide that would otherwise comprise only a small genetic variation (e.g. an SNP), thus facilitating easier discrimination. Alternatively, in cases where genetic variability in a target sequence is non-informative and/or makes amplification difficult, oligonucleotides provided herein many may be used to replace those variable regions in amplicons with a unique sequence, thereby improving the efficacy of amplification and detection of related sequences.

The present invention relates at least in part to the following embodiments 1-118:

Embodiment 1. A method for determining the presence or absence of a target polynucleotide in a sample, the method comprising:

-   -   providing a primer oligonucleotide comprising         -   a first primer component terminating at the 5′ end of the             oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a first             portion of a strand of the target polynucleotide by             complementary base pairing, and         -   a second primer component terminating at the 3′ end of the             oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a second             portion of the target polynucleotide strand by complementary             base pairing;     -   contacting a sample potentially comprising the target         polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions         suitable for hybridisation of the first primer component and         second primer component with the target polynucleotide strand to         thereby form a double-stranded duplex, wherein at least one         strand of an intermediate section of the duplex comprises a         sequence of at least four nucleotides that remains unhybridised         to an opposing strand of the intermediate section due to an         absence of a sequence of nucleotides in the opposing strand of         the intermediate section sharing base pair complementarity with         the sequence of at least four nucleotides;     -   contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using         the target polynucleotide strand as a template to extend the         length of the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby         generate an amplicon comprising an internal component         intermediate to first and second end components, wherein         -   the first end component of the amplicon is capable of             hybridising by complementary base pairing to said first             portion of the target polynucleotide strand,         -   the second end component of the amplicon is capable of             hybridising by complementary base pairing to said second             portion of the target polynucleotide strand, and         -   said hybridising of the first and second end components of             the amplicon to the target polynucleotide strand positions             the internal component of the amplicon to oppose an             intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand located between the first and second             portions of the target polynucleotide strand that does not             share base pair complementarity with the internal component;             and     -   detecting whether the amplicon is generated, wherein detection         of the amplicon indicates the presence of the target         polynucleotide in the sample, and failure to detect the amplicon         indicates the absence of the target polynucleotide in the         sample.

Embodiment 2. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein said detecting comprises detecting the internal component of the amplicon or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the internal component of the amplicon.

Embodiment 3. The method according to embodiment 1 or embodiment 2, wherein the melting temperature of the first primer component is greater than the melting temperature of the second primer component upon said hybridising to the target polynucleotide strand by complementary base pairing.

Embodiment 4. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the at least one strand of the intermediate section of the double-stranded duplex comprises at least five, at least six, at least seven, or at least 8 nucleotides that remain unhybridised to the opposing strand of the duplex.

Embodiment 5. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component located between the first primer component and second primer component, wherein the third primer component consists of a sequence of nucleotides that

-   -   does not share base pair complementarity with said intermediate         sequence of nucleotides in the target polynucleotide strand, and     -   is identical to a sequence of nucleotides in the internal         component of the amplicon.

Embodiment 6. The method according to embodiment 5, wherein the third primer component is located partially or completely in the 3′ half of the primer oligonucleotide.

Embodiment 7. The method according to embodiment 5 or embodiment 6, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third primer component and intermediate sequence of nucleotides is equal.

Embodiment 8. The method according to embodiment 5 or embodiment 6, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third primer component exceeds the number of nucleotides in said intermediate sequence of nucleotides.

Embodiment 9. The method according to embodiment 5 or embodiment 6, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third primer component is less than the number of nucleotides in said intermediate sequence of nucleotides.

Embodiment 10. The method according to embodiment 9, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third primer component is between 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides, less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide located between portions of the target polynucleotide hybridised to the first primer component and second primer component.

Embodiment 11. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first primer component exceeds the number of nucleotides in the second primer component.

Embodiment 12. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein said at least one strand of the intermediate section of the double-stranded duplex is a component of the target polynucleotide strand.

Embodiment 13. The method according to embodiment 12, wherein the component of the target polynucleotide strand consists of said intermediate sequence of nucleotides.

Embodiment 14. The method according to embodiment 12 or embodiment 13, wherein the first primer component and second primer component hybridise by complementary base pairing to separate non-contiguous components of the target polynucleotide strand, thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide strand.

Embodiment 15. The method according to any one of embodiments 12 to 14, wherein all nucleotides of the primer oligonucleotide are hybridised to the target oligonucleotide strand by complementary base pairing.

Embodiment 16. The method according to embodiment 14 or embodiment 15, wherein the loop portion of the target polynucleotide comprises between 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides.

Embodiment 17. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16, wherein said contacting comprises

-   -   contacting a second primer oligonucleotide that shares base pair         complementarity with a second target polynucleotide strand that         is the complement of said first target polynucleotide strand,         and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon.

Embodiment 18. The method according to embodiment 17, wherein said detecting comprises detecting the second amplicon.

Embodiment 19. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 17, wherein said method comprises the use of any one or more of: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Embodiment 20. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 19, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region         that varies between two or more individual members of a         population of the target polynucleotides,     -   the first primer component and the second primer component are         each capable of hybridising to multiple members of the         population by virtue of the first primer component sharing         sequence complementarity with a component of the target         polynucleotide strand positioned upstream of the polymorphic         region and the second primer component sharing sequence         complementarity with a component of the target polynucleotide         strand positioned downstream of the polymorphic region, and     -   the polymorphic region remains unhybridised to the primer         oligonucleotide when the first primer component and the second         primer component are hybridised to the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 21. The method according to embodiment 20, wherein the polymorphic region comprises deletion of one or more nucleotides such that the length of the polymorphic region differs between the two or more individual members of said population of the target polynucleotides.

Embodiment 22. The method according to embodiment 20 or embodiment 21, wherein the polymorphic region comprises substitution of one or more nucleotides such that the polymorphic region nucleotide sequence differs between the two or more individual members of said population of the target polynucleotides.

Embodiment 23. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 19, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a single nucleotide         polymorphism (SNP) and/or point mutation;     -   the amplicon comprises         -   (i) a nucleotide complementary to the SNP, and/or         -   (ii) a nucleotide complementary to the point mutation;             and     -   the first or second primer component is capable of hybridising         to (i) and/or (ii) above by complementary base pairing.

Embodiment 24. The method according to embodiment 23, wherein the second primer component comprises the nucleotide complementary to the SNP, or the nucleotide complementary to the point mutation, located

-   -   at the 3′ terminus of the second primer component,     -   one, two, three, four, five, or more than five nucleotides         upstream of the 3′ terminus of the second primer component,     -   at the 3′ terminus of the second primer component wherein the         second primer component also comprises a nucleotide that is         non-complementary to the target polynucleotide located two,         three, four, five, six, or more than six nucleotides upstream of         the 3′ terminus, or     -   one, two three, four, five, or more than five nucleotides         upstream of the 3′ terminus of the second primer component,         wherein the second primer component also comprises a further         nucleotide that is non-complementary to the target         polynucleotide, and said further nucleotide is located 3′ or 5′         of said nucleotide complementary to the SNP or point mutation.

Embodiment 25. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 19, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region         that differs between at least two individual members of a         population of the target polynucleotides,     -   the polymorphic region comprises deletion of one or more         nucleotides such that the polymorphic region differs between the         two or more individual members of said population of the target         polynucleotides, and     -   the first primer component or the second primer component is         capable of hybridising to the polymorphic region in said target         polynucleotide strand by complementary base pairing, wherein the         polymorphic region is present in the target polynucleotide         strand of only a subset of population members.

Embodiment 26. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 25, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises measuring a signal provided by a dye that binds to double-stranded DNA and/or an amplicon sequence specific-probe.

Embodiment 27. The method according to embodiment 26, wherein the dye that binds to double-stranded DNA is SYBR Green.

Embodiment 28. The method according to embodiment 26, wherein the sequence-specific probe is a. Molecular Beacon, minor groove binder (MGB) probe, or a TaqMan® Probe.

Embodiment 29. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 25, wherein said detecting comprises use of an multi-component nucleic acid enzyme (MNAzyme) comprising at least two or more partzyme component oligonucleotides, wherein at least a first partzyme component and a second partzyme component self-assemble in the presence the amplicon to form a catalytically active MNAzyme, wherein each of the first and second partzyme components comprise a substrate arm portion, a catalytic core portion, and a sensor arm portion;

-   -   wherein upon self-assembly, the sensor arm portion of the first         and second partzyme components act as sensor arms of the         MNAzyme, the substrate arm portion of the first and second         partzyme components act as substrate arms of the MNAzyme, and         the catalytic core portion of the first and second partzyme         components act as a catalytic core of the MNAzyme;     -   and wherein the sensor arms of the MNAzyme hybridise with some         or all of the amplicon by complementary base pairing so as to         maintain the first and second partzyme components in proximity         for association of their respective catalytic core portions to         form the catalytic core of the MNAzyme, the catalytic core being         capable of modifying at least one substrate, and wherein the         substrate arms of the MNAzyme engage a substrate so that the         catalytic core of the MNAzyme can modify the substrate and         thereby provide a detectable effect.

Embodiment 30. The method according to embodiment 29, wherein a first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is complementary or substantially complementary to a sequence of nucleotides that comprises or consists of:

-   -   the internal component of the amplicon or a component thereof,         or     -   a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the internal         component of the amplicon or component thereof.

Embodiment 31. The method according to embodiment 30, wherein the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is additionally complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that comprises or consists of:

-   -   the first end component and/or the second end component of the         amplicon, or a component thereof, or     -   a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the first end         component and/or the second end component of the amplicon, or         component thereof.

Embodiment 32. The method according to embodiment 29, wherein a first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is complementary or substantially complementary to:

-   -   a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that does not comprise         or consist of the internal component of the amplicon, or a         component thereof, or     -   a sequence of nucleotides complementary to a sequence of         nucleotides in the amplicon that does not comprise or consist of         the internal component of the amplicon or a component thereof.

Embodiment 33. The method according to any one of embodiments 29 to 32, wherein the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme comprises a nucleotide that is complementary to:

-   -   a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP), and/or a point mutation         present in the target polynucleotide strand, or     -   a nucleotide complementary to the SNP, and/or a nucleotide         complementary to the point mutation present in the target         polynucleotide strand.

Embodiment 34. The method according to any one of embodiments 29 to 33, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region         that differs between two or more individual members of a         population of the target polynucleotides, and     -   the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is         additionally complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the         amplicon that comprises or consists of         -   the polymorphic region of a given member of the population,             or a component thereof, or         -   a sequence of nucleotides that is complementary to the             polymorphic region of a given member of the population, or a             component thereof.

Embodiment 35. The method according to embodiment 34, wherein the polymorphic region comprises one or more deletions, insertions and/or substitutions of nucleotides such that the sequence of the polymorphic region varies between the individual members of the population.

Embodiment 36. The method according to embodiment 29, wherein a sensor arm of the MNAzyme comprises or consists of a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component, wherein

-   -   the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         amplicon by complementary base pairing;     -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         amplicon by complementary base pairing; and     -   the third sensor arm component is located between the first         sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component and is         not capable of hybridising to the amplicon by complementary base         pairing when the first sensor arm component and second sensor         arm component are hybridised to the amplicon.

Embodiment 37. The method according to embodiment 36, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is equal to or exceeds the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon located between portions of the amplicon hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 38. The method according to embodiment 36, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon located between portions of the amplicon hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 39. The method according to embodiment 38, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is between 1 and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 40 nucleotides, 1 and 30 nucleotides 1 and 20 nucleotides, 1 and 10 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 40 nucleotides, 5 and 30 nucleotides 5 and 20 nucleotides, 5 and 10 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, 10 and 40 nucleotides, 10 and 30 nucleotides, or 10 and 20 nucleotides, less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon located between portions of the amplicon hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 40. The method according to embodiment 29, wherein the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component are capable of hybridising to separate non-contiguous components of the amplicon by complementary base pairing, thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon.

Embodiment 41. The method according to embodiment 40, wherein the loop portion of the amplicon comprises between 1 and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 40 nucleotides, 1 and 30 nucleotides, 1 and 20 nucleotides, 1 and 10 nucleotides, 1 and 5 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 40 nucleotides, 5 and 30 nucleotides 5 and 20 nucleotides, 5 and 10 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, 10 and 40 nucleotides, 10 and 30 nucleotides, or 10 and 20 nucleotides.

Embodiment 42. The method according to embodiment 40 or embodiment 41, wherein the loop portion of the amplicon comprises said internal component of amplicon.

Embodiment 43. The method according to any one of embodiments 5 to 11, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that differs between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, and:

-   -   said providing comprises providing multiple forms of the primer         oligonucleotide, wherein different forms of the primer         oligonucleotide share base pair complementarity with         -   different forms of the polymorphic region, or,         -   a portion of the target polynucleotide strand adjacent or             substantially adjacent to one or more forms of the             polymorphic region;     -   said contacting with the primer oligonucleotide comprises         contacting a sample potentially comprising one or more members         of the target polynucleotide population with said multiple forms         of the primer oligonucleotide under the conditions suitable for         hybridisation; and     -   wherein each of the multiple forms of the primer oligonucleotide         comprises said third primer component located between the first         primer component and second primer component and consisting of a         sequence of nucleotides that does not share base pair         complementarity with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides         in the target polynucleotide strand.

Embodiment 44. The method according to embodiment 43, wherein said detecting comprises using an MNAzyme comprising a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component, wherein

-   -   the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         internal component of the amplicon, and optionally to the first         end component of the amplicon, by complementary base pairing;         and     -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         second end component of the amplicon by complementary base         pairing; and     -   the third sensor arm component is located between the first         sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component and is         not capable of hybridising to said polymorphic region or a         sequence of nucleotides complementary to said polymorphic region         by complementary base pairing when the first sensor arm         component and second sensor arm component are hybridised to the         amplicon.

Embodiment 45. The method according to embodiment 44, wherein

-   -   multiple forms of the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region         are generated by said contacting of the sample with a polymerase         enzyme, wherein the polymorphic region of said each form of the         amplicon differs; and     -   the sensor arm comprises or consists of a first sensor arm         component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm         component that is not complementary to a sequence of nucleotides         in the amplicon comprising or consisting of the polymorphic         region, wherein         -   the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to             any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing             upstream of the polymorphic region,         -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to             any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing             downstream of the polymorphic region,         -   the third sensor arm component is located between the first             sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component,             and is not capable of hybridising by complementary base             pairing to the polymorphic region of any said form of the             amplicon.

Embodiment 46. The method according to embodiment 43, wherein

-   -   multiple forms of the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region         are generated by said contacting of the sample with a polymerase         enzyme, wherein the polymorphic region of said forms of the         amplicon differ; and     -   the sensor arm comprises or consists of a first sensor arm         component and a second sensor arm component, wherein         -   the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm             component hybridise by complementary base pairing to             separate non-contiguous components of any given form of said             amplicon, thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components             and creating a loop portion in the amplicon comprising             unhybridised nucleotides, and         -   the unhybridised nucleotides of the loop portion comprise             the polymorphic region of the amplicon.

Embodiment 47. The method according to any one of embodiments 43 to 46, wherein the polymorphic region comprises any one or more of nucleotide insertions, deletions and/or substitutions, such that said two or more individual members of the population of target polynucleotides can differ.

Embodiment 48. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 47, wherein the primer oligonucleotide and/or target polynucleotide and/or amplicon comprise or consist of deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination thereof.

Embodiment 49. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 48, wherein the target polynucleotide and/or amplicon is genomic DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or RNA.

Embodiment 50. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 29, 32, 36 to 41, 43 or 46 wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of nucleotides that is complementary to a functionally active catalytic nucleic acid.

Embodiment 51. The method according to embodiment 50, wherein said amplicon comprises said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid, and said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises detecting catalytic activity of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid present in the amplicon.

Embodiment 52. The method according to embodiment 50 or embodiment 51, wherein the functionally active catalytic nucleic acid is a DNAzyme or a ribozyme.

Embodiment 53. The method according to embodiment 51 or embodiment 52, wherein said detecting catalytic activity of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid present in the amplicon comprises contacting the amplicon with a substrate of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid.

Embodiment 54. An isolated primer or partzyme oligonucleotide comprising

-   -   a first component terminating at the 5′ end of the         oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a first portion of         a second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing,     -   a second component terminating at the 3′ end of the         oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a second portion         of the second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, and     -   a third component located between the first and second         components comprising a sequence of at least four nucleotides         that do not share base pair complementarity with an opposing         sequence of nucleotides in the second polynucleotide when the         first and second components are hybridised to the second         polynucleotide;         -   wherein the third component is located partially or             completely in the 3′ half of the oligonucleotide.

Embodiment 55. The oligonucleotide according to embodiment 54, wherein the third component comprises a sequence of at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven or at least eight nucleotides do not share base pair complementarity with the opposing sequence of nucleotides in the second polynucleotide.

Embodiment 56. The oligonucleotide according to embodiment 54 or embodiment 55, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first component is:

-   -   less than the number of nucleotides in the third component; or     -   more than the number of nucleotides in the third component.

Embodiment 57. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 54 to 56, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), RNA, or any combination thereof.

Embodiment 58. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 54 to 57, wherein the oligonucleotide is a component of a partzyme sensor arm.

Embodiment 59. Use of the oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 54 to 58 in the method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 53.

Embodiment 60. An isolated double stranded nucleic acid duplex comprising the oligonucleotide of any one of embodiments 54 to 58 hybridised to a second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, wherein

-   -   a first component of the oligonucleotide terminates at the 5′         end of the oligonucleotide and is hybridised to a first portion         of a second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing,     -   a second component of the oligonucleotide terminates at the 3′         end of the oligonucleotide and is hybridised to a second portion         of the second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, and     -   a third component of the oligonucleotide is located between said         first and second components and comprises a sequence of at least         two nucleotides that do not share base pair complementarity with         an opposing sequence of nucleotides in the second         polynucleotide; and     -   the third component of the oligonucleotide is located partially         or completely in the 3′ half of the oligonucleotide.

Embodiment 61. The double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to embodiment 60, wherein the number of nucleotides in said third component is equal to the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the second polynucleotide located between portions of the second polynucleotide hybridised to said first and second components.

Embodiment 62. The double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to embodiment 61, wherein the number of nucleotides in said third component exceeds to the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the second polynucleotide located between portions of the second polynucleotide hybridised to said first and second components.

Embodiment 63. The double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to embodiment 61, wherein the number of nucleotides in said third component is less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the second polynucleotide located between portions of the second polynucleotide hybridised to said first and second components.

Embodiment 64. The double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to embodiment 61, wherein the number of nucleotides in said third is between 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides, less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the second polynucleotide located between portions of the second polynucleotide hybridised to said first and second components.

Embodiment 65. The double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to any one of embodiments 60 to 64, wherein the oligonucleotide and/or second polynucleotide is genomic DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or RNA.

Embodiment 66. A multi-component nucleic acid enzyme (MNAzyme) comprising a sensor arm that comprises or consists of a first sensor arm component and a second sensor arm component, wherein

-   -   the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component         are capable of hybridising by complementary base pairing to an         assembly facilitator polynucleotide to thereby form a         double-stranded duplex, wherein at least one strand of an         intermediate component of the duplex comprises at least two         nucleotides that remain unhybridised to an opposing strand of         the duplex.

Embodiment 67. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 66, wherein the sensor arm comprises or consists of a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component located between the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component, wherein upon said hybridising of the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component to the assembly facilitator polynucleotide, the third sensor arm component is not capable of hybridising to the assembly facilitator polynucleotide due to an absence of base pair complementarity with said assembly facilitator polynucleotide.

Embodiment 68. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 67, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is equal to or exceeds the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the assembly facilitator polynucleotide located between portions of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 69. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 67, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the assembly facilitator polynucleotide located between portions of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 70. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 69, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is between 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides, less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the assembly facilitator polynucleotide located between portions of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 71. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 66, wherein the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component are capable of hybridising to separate non-contiguous components of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the assembly facilitator polynucleotide.

Embodiment 72. The MNAzyme according to embodiment 71, wherein the loop portion of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide comprises between 1 and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 40 nucleotides, 1 and 30 nucleotides, 1 and 20 nucleotides, 1 and 10 nucleotides, 1 and 5 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 40 nucleotides, 5 and 30 nucleotides 5 and 20 nucleotides, 5 and 10 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, 10 and 40 nucleotides, 10 and 30 nucleotides, or 10 and 20 nucleotides.

Embodiment 73. The MNAzyme according to any one of 66 to 72, wherein the assembly facilitator polynucleotide is a target polynucleotide for detection by the MNAzyme.

Embodiment 74. A nucleic acid complex comprising the MNAzyme of any one of embodiments 66 to 73 hybridised to said assembly facilitator polynucleotide by complementary base pairing.

Embodiment 75. Use of the MNAzyme according to any one of embodiments 66 to 73 for detecting the presence or absence of a target polynucleotide in a sample, wherein the polynucleotide target is said assembly facilitator.

Embodiment 76. A method for determining the presence or absence of a target polynucleotide in a sample, the method comprising:

-   -   providing a primer oligonucleotide capable of hybridising to the         target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing,     -   contacting a sample potentially comprising the target         polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions         suitable for hybridisation of the primer oligonucleotide with         the target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing to         thereby form a double-stranded duplex,     -   contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using         the target polynucleotide as a template to extend the length of         the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby generate an         amplicon, and     -   detecting whether the amplicon is generated using an MNAzyme         according embodiment 66, wherein detection of the amplicon         indicates the presence of the target polynucleotide in the         sample, and failure to detect the amplicon indicates the absence         of the target polynucleotide in the sample.

Embodiment 77. The method according to embodiment 76, wherein said first sensor arm component comprises a sequence of nucleotides sharing base pair complementarity with:

-   -   (i) the amplicon or a component thereof, or     -   (ii) a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the amplicon or         a component thereof;     -   and said detecting comprises determining whether said first         sensor arm component hybridises by complementary base pairing to         either (i) or (ii) above.

Embodiment 78. The method according to embodiment 76, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide comprises a polymorphic region that         varies between two or more individual members of a population of         the target polynucleotides     -   a series of the primer oligonucleotides are provided each         capable of hybridising to at least one said target         polynucleotide of the target polynucleotide population by         complementary base pairing, wherein each said primer         oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity with a specific         form of the polymorphic region present in only some of said         members of the target polynucleotide population; and     -   each said primer oligonucleotide comprises an identical tag         portion nucleotide sequence that is incorporated into each of a         population of said amplicons after said contacting of the sample         with a polymerase enzyme, wherein each said member of the         amplicon population comprises a polymorphic region present in         only some of said members of the amplicon population;     -   and wherein said detecting comprises determining whether said         first sensor arm of the MNAzyme hybridises with said tag portion         of members of the amplicon population by complementary base         pairing.

Embodiment 79. A method for determining the presence or absence of a target polynucleotide in a sample, wherein the target polynucleotide comprises a polymorphic region that varies between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, the method comprising:

-   -   providing a primer oligonucleotide capable of hybridising to the         target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, wherein the         primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity with a         specific form of the polymorphic region present in only some of         said members of the population, or, with a portion of the target         polynucleotide adjacent or substantially adjacent to the         specific form of the polymorphic region;     -   contacting a sample potentially comprising the target         polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions         suitable for hybridisation of the primer oligonucleotide with         the target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing to         thereby form a double-stranded duplex,     -   contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using         the target polynucleotide as a template to extend the length of         the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby generate an         amplicon comprising the specific form of the polymorphic region;         and     -   detecting whether the amplicon is generated using an MNAzyme         according embodiment 66, wherein detection of the amplicon         indicates the presence of the target polynucleotide in the         sample, and failure to detect the amplicon indicates the absence         of the target polynucleotide in the sample.

Embodiment 80. The method according to any one of embodiments 76 to 79 comprising producing copies of said amplicon using any one or more of: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Embodiment 81. The method according to embodiment 79 or 80, wherein

-   -   said providing comprises providing multiple forms of the primer         oligonucleotide, wherein different forms of the primer         oligonucleotide share base pair complementarity with different         forms of the polymorphic region, or, a portion of the target         polynucleotide adjacent or substantially adjacent to one or more         forms of the polymorphic region;     -   said contacting with the primer oligonucleotide comprises         contacting a sample potentially comprising one or more members         of the target polynucleotide population with the multiple forms         of the primer oligonucleotide under said conditions suitable for         hybridisation; and     -   said detecting comprises detecting whether multiple forms of the         amplicon comprising different polymorphic regions are generated         using said MNAzyme.

Embodiment 82. The method according to any one of embodiments embodiment 79 to 81, wherein multiple forms of the amplicon are generated by said contacting of the sample with a polymerase enzyme, wherein the polymorphic region of said forms of the amplicon differ; and

-   -   the sensor arm of the MNAzyme comprises or consists of a first         sensor arm component and a second sensor arm component         comprising a sequence of nucleotides complementary to different         portions of the amplicon, and a third sensor arm component         located between the first sensor arm component and the second         sensor arm component, wherein         -   the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to             any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing             upstream of the polymorphic region,         -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to             any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing             downstream of the polymorphic region,         -   the third sensor arm component is located between the first             sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component,             and is not capable of hybridising by complementary base             pairing to the polymorphic region of any said form of the             amplicon due to an absence of a sequence of nucleotides in             the third sensor arm component sharing base pair             complementarity with the polymorphic region of any said form             of the amplicon.

Embodiment 83. The method according to embodiment 82, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is equal to or exceeds the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region.

Embodiment 84. The method according to embodiment 82, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region.

Embodiment 85. The method according to embodiment 84, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third sensor arm component is between 1 and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 40 nucleotides, 1 and 30 nucleotides 1 and 20 nucleotides, 1 and 10 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 40 nucleotides, 5 and 30 nucleotides 5 and 20 nucleotides, 5 and 10 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, 10 and 40 nucleotides, 10 and 30 nucleotides, or 10 and 20 nucleotides, less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the assembly facilitator polynucleotide located between portions of the assembly facilitator polynucleotide hybridised to the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component.

Embodiment 86. The method according to embodiment 79 or embodiment 80, wherein

-   -   multiple forms of the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region         are generated by said contacting of the sample with a polymerase         enzyme, wherein the polymorphic region of said forms of the         amplicon differ; and     -   the sensor arm comprises or consists of a first sensor arm         component and a second sensor arm component, wherein     -   the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component         hybridise by complementary base pairing to separate         non-contiguous components of any given form of said amplicon,         thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a         loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the         amplicon, and     -   the unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon comprise the         polymorphic region.

Embodiment 87. The method according to embodiment 86, wherein the loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide comprises between 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides.

Embodiment 88. The method according to any one of embodiments 81 to 87, further comprising using an enzymatic reaction to provide amplified copies of one or more of the target polynucleotides.

Embodiment 89. The method according to embodiment 88, comprising amplifying one or more of the nascent polynucleotides using a second oligonucleotide that is substantially complementary to a different component of the target polynucleotide than the primer oligonucleotides.

Embodiment 90. The method according to any one of embodiments 78 to 89, wherein the polymorphic region comprises any one or more of nucleotide insertions, deletions and/or substitutions, such that said individual members of the population of target polynucleotides can differ.

Embodiment 91. The method according to any one of embodiments 76 to 90, wherein the primer oligonucleotide and/or target polynucleotide and/or amplicon and/or MNAzyme comprise or consist of deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination thereof.

Embodiment 92. The method according to any one of embodiments 76 to 91, wherein the target polynucleotide and/or amplicon is genomic DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or RNA.

Embodiment 93. The method according to any one of embodiments 29 to 42 or 76 to 92, wherein said MNAzyme is capable of modifying a substrate comprising a detectable portion and a quencher portion, wherein a detectable effect is provided by the cleavage of the substrate by the MNAzyme which separates said detectable and quencher portions, thereby indicating the presence of the target polynucleotide in the sample.

Embodiment 94. The method according to embodiment 93, further comprising amplifying the detectable effect produced upon modification of the substrate by the MNAzyme.

Embodiment 95. The method according to any one of embodiments 29 to 42 or 76 to 93, wherein the target polynucleotide is from a bacterium, virus, fungi/yeast, protist or nematode.

Embodiment 96. The method according to any one of embodiments 29 to 42 or 76 to 93, wherein the target polynucleotide is from an enterovirus.

Embodiment 97. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 53 or 76 to 96, wherein the method is performed in vitro or ex vivo.

Embodiment 98. The method according to any one of embodiments 5 to 10, wherein

-   -   the sample comprises a population of target polynucleotides;     -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region         that varies between at least two individual members of the         population of the target polynucleotides;     -   said providing comprises providing two forms of the primer         oligonucleotide wherein         -   the first or second primer component of a first said form of             the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity             with the polymorphic region of the target polynucleotide             strand of a first member of the population of target             polynucleotides,         -   the first or second primer component of a second said form             of the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair             complementarity with the polymorphic region of the target             polynucleotide strand of a second member of the population             of target polynucleotides,         -   the polymorphic region of said first and second members of             the population of target polynucleotides differs in             nucleotide sequence, and         -   the third component of the first and second forms of the             primer oligonucleotide differs in nucleotide sequence;     -   said contacting of the sample comprises contacting the sample         with the first and second forms of the primer oligonucleotide;         and     -   said contacting of the sample with the polymerase enzyme         generates a population of said amplicons, wherein         -   a first member of said population of amplicons comprises an             end component sharing sequence complementarity with said             polymorphic region of the first member of the population of             target polynucleotides,         -   a second member of said population of amplicons comprises an             end component sharing sequence complementarity with said             polymorphic region of the second member of the population of             target polynucleotides, and         -   the nucleotide sequence of the internal component of said             first and second members of said population of amplicons             differs.

Embodiment 99. The method according to any one of embodiments 14 to 16, wherein

-   -   the sample comprises a population of target polynucleotides;     -   the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region         that varies between at least two individual members of the         population of the target polynucleotides;     -   said providing comprises providing two forms of the primer         oligonucleotides wherein         -   the first or second primer component of a first said form of             the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity             with the polymorphic region of the target polynucleotide             strand of a first member of the population of target             polynucleotides,         -   the first or second primer component of a second said form             of the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair             complementarity with the polymorphic region of the target             polynucleotide strand of a second member of the population             of target polynucleotides,         -   the polymorphic region of said first and second members of             the population of target polynucleotides differs in             nucleotide sequence,         -   the number of nucleotides between said non-contiguous             components of the target polynucleotide strand hybridised by             the first said form of the primer oligonucleotide differs             from the number of nucleotides between said non-contiguous             components of the target polynucleotide strand hybridised by             the second said form of the primer oligonucleotide, and         -   the nucleotide sequence of the loop portion created by said             hybridisation of the first form of the primer             oligonucleotide to the target polynucleotide strand differs             from the nucleotide sequence of the loop portion created by             said hybridisation of the second form of the primer             oligonucleotide to the target polynucleotide strand;     -   said contacting of the sample comprises contacting the sample         with the first and second forms of the primer oligonucleotides;         and     -   said contacting of the sample with the polymerase enzyme         generates a population of said amplicons, wherein         -   a first member of said population of amplicons comprises an             end component sharing sequence complementarity with said             polymorphic region of the first member of the population of             target polynucleotides,         -   a second member of said population of amplicons comprises an             end component sharing sequence complementarity with said             polymorphic region of the second member of the population of             target polynucleotides, and         -   the nucleotide sequence of the internal component of said             first and second members of said population of amplicons             differs.

Embodiment 100. The method according to embodiment 98 or embodiment 99, wherein the polymorphic region comprises one or more deletions, insertions and/or substitutions of nucleotides such that the sequence of the polymorphic region varies between the first and second members of the target polynucleotide population.

Embodiment 101. The method according to embodiment 100, wherein the polymorphic region comprises a SNP and/or a point mutation.

Embodiment 102. The method according to embodiment 100, wherein the polymorphic region varies in length between the first and second members of the target polynucleotide population.

Embodiment 103. The method according to any one of embodiments 98 to 102, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises measuring a signal provided by a dye that binds to double-stranded DNA and/or an amplicon sequence specific-probe.

Embodiment 104. The method according to embodiment 103, wherein the dye binds to double-stranded DNA is SYBR Green

Embodiment 105. The method according to any one of embodiments 98 to 104, wherein said method comprises the use of any one or more of: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Embodiment 106. The method according to any one of embodiments 103 to 105, wherein said detecting comprises monitoring said generating of said first and second members of the population of amplicons using a melting curve analysis.

Embodiment 107. The method according to any one of embodiments 98 to 106, wherein the target polynucleotide and/or amplicon is genomic DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), or RNA.

Embodiment 108. The use according to embodiment 75, wherein said MNAzyme is capable of modifying a substrate comprising a detectable portion and a quencher portion, wherein a detectable effect is provided by the cleavage of the substrate by the MNAzyme which separates said detectable and quencher portions, thereby indicating the presence of the target polynucleotide in the sample.

Embodiment 109. The use according to embodiment 75, further comprising amplifying the detectable effect produced upon modification of the substrate by the MNAzyme.

Embodiment 110. The isolated oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 54 to 58, wherein the third component of the oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a nucleotide sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195 or 196, or a complement of any one of said sequences.

Embodiment 111. A kit comprising the oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 54 to 58, 110 or 110.

Embodiment 112. A kit comprising the double stranded nucleic acid duplex according to any one of embodiments 60 to 65.

Embodiment 113. A kit comprising the MNAzyme according to any one of embodiments 66 to 73.

Embodiment 114. A kit comprising the nucleic acid complex according to embodiment 74.

Embodiment 115. The method according to embodiment 36, wherein the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the internal component of the amplicon, and optionally to the first end component of the amplicon, by complementary base pairing; and

-   -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         second end component of the amplicon by complementary base         pairing.

Embodiment 116. The method according to embodiment 115, wherein the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the internal component of the amplicon and the first end component of the amplicon, by complementary base pairing; and

-   -   the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the         second end component of the amplicon by complementary base         pairing.

Embodiment 117. The method according to embodiment 50, wherein the third component of the primer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of nucleotides that is complementary to a functionally active catalytic nucleic acid.

The present invention also relates at least in part to the following embodiments 1-33:

Embodiment 1. A method for determining the presence or absence in a sample of a target polynucleotide that is a component of:

-   -   (i) a Kirsten rat sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS)         wild-type gene;     -   (ii) a Kirsten rat sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS) gene         comprising a sequence of nucleotides encoding a G12V or G12S         mutation; or     -   (iii) an enterovirus,         the method comprising:     -   providing a primer oligonucleotide comprising         -   a first primer component terminating at the 5′ end of the             oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a first             portion of a strand of the target polynucleotide by             complementary base pairing, and         -   a second primer component terminating at the 3′ end of the             oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a second             portion of the target polynucleotide strand by complementary             base pairing;     -   contacting a sample potentially comprising the target         polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions         suitable for hybridisation of the first primer component and         second primer component with the target polynucleotide strand to         thereby form a double-stranded duplex, wherein at least one         strand of an intermediate section of the duplex comprises a         sequence of at least four nucleotides that remains unhybridised         to an opposing strand of the intermediate section due to an         absence of a sequence of nucleotides in the opposing strand of         the intermediate section sharing base pair complementarity with         the sequence of at least four nucleotides;     -   contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using         the target polynucleotide strand as a template to extend the         length of the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby         generate an amplicon comprising an internal component         intermediate to first and second end components, wherein         -   the first end component of the amplicon is capable of             hybridising by complementary base pairing to said first             portion of the target polynucleotide strand,         -   the second end component of the amplicon is capable of             hybridising by complementary base pairing to said second             portion of the target polynucleotide strand, and         -   said hybridising of the first and second end components of             the amplicon to the target polynucleotide strand positions             the internal component of the amplicon to oppose an             intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand located between the first and second             portions of the target polynucleotide strand that does not             share base pair complementarity with the internal component;             and     -   detecting whether the amplicon is generated, wherein detection         of the amplicon indicates the presence of the target         polynucleotide in the sample, and failure to detect the amplicon         indicates the absence of the target polynucleotide in the         sample.

Embodiment 2. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of a Kirsten rat         sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS) gene comprising a sequence         of nucleotides encoding a G12V mutation,     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component         located between the first primer component and second primer         component, wherein         -   the third primer component consists of a sequence of             nucleotides that does not share base pair complementarity             with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand, and, is identical to a sequence of             nucleotides in the internal component of the amplicon, and         -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 35, 36, 37,             38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 59, 60, 61, 62, 172, 173, 174, 175,             176, 292, 297, 293, 298, 294, 299, 295, 300, 296, 301, 66,             87, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79 or 99.

Embodiment 3. The method according to embodiment 2, comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein         -   (i) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 35, 36, 37,             38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 59, 60, 61, 62, 172, 173, 174, 175,             176, 292, 297, 293, 298, 294, 299, 295, 300, 296, or 301,             and the second primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists             of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 26;         -   (ii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 66 or 87, and the second             primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence             as defined in SEQ ID NO: 65;         -   (iii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 70-79 or 99,             and the second primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists             of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 69; or         -   (iv) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 87, and the second primer             oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as             defined in SEQ ID NO: 26 or 171.

Embodiment 4. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of a Kirsten rat         sarcoma viral oncogene (KRAS) gene comprising a sequence of         nucleotides encoding a G12V mutation,     -   the first primer component and second primer component hybridise         by complementary base pairing to separate non-contiguous         components of the target polynucleotide strand, thereby         juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop         portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the target         polynucleotide strand; and     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence         as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 177, 178 or 171.

Embodiment 5. The method according to embodiment 4, comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein:         -   (i) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 177 or 178, and the second             primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence             as defined in SEQ ID NO: 26; or         -   (ii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 171, and the second primer             oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as             defined in SEQ ID NO: 87.

Embodiment 6. The method according to embodiment 3 or embodiment 5, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises using first and second partzymes, wherein

-   -   (i) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in any         one of SEQ ID NOs: 22, 24, 23, 47, 53, 54, 64, 164, 165, 287,         288, 289, 290, or 291, and the second partzyme comprises a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 18;     -   (ii) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in any         one of SEQ ID NOs: 64, 24, 67, 68 or 88, and the second partzyme         comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 63; or     -   (iii) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ         ID NO: 24, and the second partzyme comprises a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 18.

Embodiment 7. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein:

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of a Kirsten rat         sarcoma viral oncogene (KRAS) gene comprising a sequence of         nucleotides encoding a G12S mutation,     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component         located between the first primer component and second primer         component, wherein         -   the third primer component consists of a sequence of             nucleotides that does not share base pair complementarity             with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand, and, is identical to a sequence of             nucleotides in the internal component of the amplicon, and         -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 166-169.

Embodiment 8. The method according to embodiment 7 comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein         -   (i) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 166-169, and             the second primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 26; or         -   (ii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 166, and the second primer             oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as             defined in SEQ ID NO: 171.

Embodiment 9. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein:

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of a Kirsten rat         sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS) gene comprising a sequence         of nucleotides encoding a G12S mutation,     -   the first primer component and second primer component hybridise         by complementary base pairing to separate non-contiguous         components of the target polynucleotide strand, thereby         juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop         portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the target         polynucleotide strand; and     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence         as defined in SEQ ID NO: 170 or 171.

Embodiment 10. The method according to embodiment 9 comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein         -   (i) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 170, and the second primer             oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as             defined in SEQ ID NO: 26 or 171; or         -   (ii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 171, and the second primer             oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as             defined in SEQ ID NO: 166 or 170.

Embodiment 11. The method according to embodiment 8 or embodiment 10, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises using first and second partzymes, wherein the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 161 or 162, and the second partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 18.

Embodiment 12. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of an enterovirus gene,     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component         located between the first primer component and second primer         component, wherein         -   the third primer component consists of a sequence of             nucleotides that does not share base pair complementarity             with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand, and, is identical to a sequence of             nucleotides in the internal component of the amplicon, and         -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 317.

Embodiment 13. The method according to embodiment 12 comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 317, and the second primer         oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 318.

Embodiment 14. The method according to embodiment 13, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises using first and second partzymes, wherein the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 314, and the second partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 315.

Embodiment 15. A method for determining the presence or absence in a sample of a target polynucleotide that is a component of an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) gene and the target polynucleotide comprises a polymorphic region that varies between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, the method comprising:

-   -   providing a primer oligonucleotide capable of hybridising to the         target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, wherein the         primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity with a         specific form of the polymorphic region present in only some of         said members of the population, or, with a portion of the target         polynucleotide adjacent or substantially adjacent to the         specific form of the polymorphic region;     -   contacting a sample potentially comprising the target         polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions         suitable for hybridisation of the primer oligonucleotide with         the target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing to         thereby form a double-stranded duplex,     -   contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using         the target polynucleotide as a template to extend the length of         the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby generate an         amplicon comprising the specific form of the polymorphic region;         and     -   detecting whether the amplicon is generated using         multi-component nucleic acid enzyme (MNAzyme) wherein,         -   a sensor arm of the MNAzyme comprises or consists of a first             sensor arm component and a second sensor arm component             comprising a sequence of nucleotides complementary to             different portions of the amplicon, and a third sensor arm             component located between the first sensor arm component and             the second sensor arm component, wherein             -   the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising                 to any said form of the amplicon by complementary base                 pairing upstream of the polymorphic region,             -   the second sensor arm component is capable of                 hybridising to any said form of the amplicon by                 complementary base pairing downstream of the polymorphic                 region,             -   the third sensor arm component is located between the                 first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm                 component, and is not capable of hybridising by                 complementary base pairing to the polymorphic region of                 any said form of the amplicon due to an absence of a                 sequence of nucleotides in the third sensor arm                 component sharing base pair complementarity with the                 polymorphic region of any said form of the amplicon.

Embodiment 16. The method according to embodiment 15, wherein the first sensor arm component of said sensor arm comprises or consists of a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 120, 127, 128 or 129.

Embodiment 17. The method according to embodiment 16, wherein said MNAzyme comprises a second sensor arm capable of hybridising to any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing, and

-   -   (i) the sensor arm comprises or consists of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 120, and the second sensor arm comprises         or consists of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 119; or     -   (ii) the sensor arm comprises or consists of a sequence as         defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 127, 128, or 129, and the         second sensor arm comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 119.

Embodiment 18. The method according to embodiment 17, wherein

-   -   the sensor arm comprises or consists of a sequence as defined in         SEQ ID NO: 128 or 129, and the second sensor arm comprises or         consists of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 119, and     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence         as defined in SEQ ID NO: 131.

Embodiment 19. The method according to embodiment 18, comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 131, and the second primer         oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 122.

Embodiment 20. The method according to embodiment 17, comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 122, and the second primer         oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 123-126 or 130.

Embodiment 21. An isolated primer or partzyme oligonucleotide comprising

-   -   a first component terminating at the 5′ end of the         oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a first portion of         a second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing,     -   a second component terminating at the 3′ end of the         oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a second portion         of the second polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, and     -   a third component located between the first and second         components comprising a sequence of at least four nucleotides         that do not share base pair complementarity with an opposing         sequence of nucleotides in the second polynucleotide when the         first and second components are hybridised to the second         polynucleotide;         -   wherein             -   the third component is located partially or completely                 in the 3′ half of the oligonucleotide, and             -   the oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence                 as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,                 40, 41, 42, 50, 59, 60, 61, 62, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176,                 292, 297, 293, 298, 294, 299, 295, 300, 296, 301, 66,                 87, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 99, 166-171,                 317, 120, 127, 128, 129, or 131.

Embodiment 22. The primer oligonucleotide according to embodiment 21, wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 59, 60, 61, 62, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 292, 297, 293, 298, 294, 299, 295, 300, 296, 301, 66, 87, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 99, 166-171, 317 or 131.

Embodiment 23. The partzyme oligonucleotide according to embodiment 21, wherein the partzyme oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 120, 127, 128, or 129.

Embodiment 24. An isolated primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 177, 178, 170, or 171.

Embodiment 25. A kit comprising one or more isolated oligonucleotides according to any one of embodiments 21 to 24.

Embodiment 26. The kit according to embodiment 25 comprising

-   -   (i) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 35, 36, 37, 38,         39, 40, 41, 42, 50, 59, 60, 61, 62, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176,         292, 297, 293, 298, 294, 299, 295, 300, 296, or 301, and a         second primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 26;     -   (ii) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 66 or 87, and a         second primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 65;     -   (iii) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 70-79 or 99, and         a second primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 69;     -   (iv) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 87, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 26 or 171;     -   (v) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 177 or 178, and a second         primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 26;     -   (vi) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 171, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 87;     -   (vii) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 166-169, and a         second primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 26;     -   (viii) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting         of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 166, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 171;     -   (ix) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 170, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 26 or 171;     -   (x) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 171, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 166 or 170;     -   (xi) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of         a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 317, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 318;     -   (xii) a first partzyme oligonucleotide comprising a sequence as         defined in any one of SEQ ID NO: 120, 127, 128, or 129, and a         second sensor arm partzyme oligonucleotide comprising a sequence         as defined in SEQ ID NO: 119; or     -   (xiii) a first primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting         of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 131, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 122.

Embodiment 27. The kit according to embodiment 26, further comprising:

-   -   (i) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in any one         of SEQ ID NOs: 22, 24, 23, 47, 53, 54, 64, 164, 165, 287, 288,         289, 290, or 291, and a second partzyme comprising a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 18;     -   (ii) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in any         one of SEQ ID NOs: 64, 24, 67, 68 or 88, and a second partzyme         comprising a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 63;     -   (iii) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in SEQ         ID NO: 24, and a second partzyme comprising a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 18;     -   (iv) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in SEQ ID         NO: 161 or 162 and a second partzyme comprising a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 18;     -   (v) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in SEQ ID         NO: 314 and a second partzyme comprising a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 315;     -   (vi) a primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 122, and a second primer         oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as         defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 123-126 or 130; or     -   (vii) a first partzyme comprising a sequence as defined in SEQ         ID NO: 128 or 129 and a second partzyme comprising a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 119.

Embodiment 28. An MNAzyme comprising a partzyme oligonucleotide according to embodiment 23.

Embodiment 29. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein

-   -   the target polynucleotide is a component of a Kirsten rat         sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS) wild-type gene,     -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component         located between the first primer component and second primer         component, wherein         -   the third primer component consists of a sequence of             nucleotides that does not share base pair complementarity             with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target             polynucleotide strand, and, is identical to a sequence of             nucleotides in the internal component of the amplicon, and         -   the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a             sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 27, 28, 29,             30, 31, 32, 49, 33, 34, 55, 56, 57, 58, 83, 257, 258, 259,             260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271,             272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283,             284, 285, or 286.

Embodiment 30. The method according to embodiment 29, comprising

-   -   contacting the sample with a second primer oligonucleotide that         shares base pair complementarity with a second target         polynucleotide strand that is the complement of said first         target polynucleotide strand, wherein said contacting is under         conditions suitable for hybridisation of the second primer         oligonucleotide and the second target polynucleotide strand by         complementary base pairing, and     -   using a polymerase enzyme to extend the length of the second         primer oligonucleotide using the second target polynucleotide         strand as a template and thereby generate a second amplicon         wherein     -   (i) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 27, 28, 29, 30,         31, 32, 49, 33, 34, 55, 56, 57, or 58, and the second primer         oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 26;     -   (ii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 83, and the second primer         oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a sequence as defined         in SEQ ID NO: 69; or     -   (iii) the primer oligonucleotide comprises or consists of a         sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 257, 258, 259,         260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272,         273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285,         or 286, and the second primer oligonucleotide comprises or         consists of a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 65.

Embodiment 31. The method according to embodiment 30, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises using first and second partzymes, wherein:

-   -   (i) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in any         one of SEQ ID NOs: 19-21, 51 or 52, and a second partzyme the         second partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO:         18;     -   (ii) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in SEQ         ID NO: 80 and the second partzyme comprises a sequence as         defined in SEQ ID NO: 63;     -   (iii) the first partzyme comprises a sequence as defined in any         one of SEQ ID NOs: 242-256, and the second partzyme comprises a         sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 241;

Embodiment 32. An isolated primer oligonucleotide comprising or consisting of a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 49, 33, 34, 55, 56, 57, 58, 83, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, or 286.

Embodiment 33. A kit comprising one or more isolated oligonucleotides according to embodiment 32.

The present invention also relates at least in part to the following embodiments 1-40:

Embodiment 1. A method for detecting a target polynucleotide, the method comprising:

-   -   providing a first oligonucleotide comprising a first component         that is substantially complementary to the target polynucleotide         and a second component that is substantially non-complementary         to the target polynucleotide;     -   contacting the target polynucleotide with the first         oligonucleotide under conditions suitable for hybridisation of         the first oligonucleotide with the target polynucleotide, and         amplifying the target polynucleotide using an enzymatic reaction         to produce an amplified copy of said target polynucleotide         comprising the second component of the first oligonucleotide;         and     -   detecting the amplified copy of the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 2. The method according to embodiment 1, wherein said second component of the first oligonucleotide is located between first and third components of the first oligonucleotide that are substantially complementary to the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 3. The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is less than the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 4. The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is equal to the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 5. The method according to embodiment 2, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is more than the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 6. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the second component forms a loop upon binding of the first oligonucleotide to the polynucleotide target.

Embodiment 7. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein said detecting comprises detecting the second portion of the oligonucleotide in the amplified copy.

Embodiment 8. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein said detecting comprises detecting a sequence of nucleotides in the amplified copy that is complementary to the second portion of the first oligonucleotide.

Embodiment 9. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein amplifying the target polynucleotide comprises using a second oligonucleotide that is substantially complementary to a different component of the target polynucleotide than the first oligonucleotide.

Embodiment 10. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the enzymatic reaction is any one or more of: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Embodiment 11. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the enzymatic reaction is a polymerase chain reaction (PCR).

Embodiment 12. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 11, wherein said detecting comprises use of an MNAzyme comprising at least two or more partzyme components, wherein at least a first partzyme component and a second partzyme component self-assemble in the presence the amplified copy of the target polynucleotide to form a catalytically active multi-component nucleic acid enzyme (MNAzyme), wherein each of the first and second partzyme components comprise a substrate arm portion, a catalytic core portion, and a sensor arm portion;

-   -   wherein upon self-assembly, the sensor arm portion of the first         and second partzyme components act as sensor arms of the         MNAzyme, the substrate arm portion of the first and second         partzyme components act as substrate arms of the MNAzyme, and         the catalytic core portion of the first and second partzyme         components act as a catalytic core of the MNAzyme;     -   and wherein the sensor arms of the MNAzyme interact with the         amplified copy of the target polynucleotide so as to maintain         the first and second partzyme components in proximity for         association of their respective catalytic core portions to form         the catalytic core of the MNAzyme, the catalytic core capable of         modifying at least one substrate, and wherein the substrate arms         of the MNAzyme engage a substrate so that the catalytic core of         the MNAzyme can modify the substrate and thereby provide a         detectable effect.

Embodiment 13. The method according to embodiment 12, wherein a first sensor arm of said MNAzyme is substantially complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplified copy comprising:

-   -   (i) the second portion of the first oligonucleotide, or a         component thereof; and     -   (ii) a portion of the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 14. The method according to embodiment 12, wherein a first sensor arm of said MNAzyme is substantially complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplified copy comprising:

-   -   (i) a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the second         portion of the first oligonucleotide, or a component thereof;         and     -   (ii) a portion of the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 15. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 14, wherein the target polynucleotide comprises a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) or a point mutation.

Embodiment 16. The method according to embodiment 15, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a nucleotide positioned 3′ to said second component that is complementary to the SNP or point mutation.

Embodiment 17. The method according to embodiment 15 or embodiment 16, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a nucleotide 3′ to said second component, and said nucleotide is not complementary to the polynucleotide target.

Embodiment 18. The method according to any one of embodiments 2 to 17, wherein:

-   -   the polynucleotide target comprises a polymorphic sequence of         nucleotides that varies between individuals of a given species         comprising the polynucleotide target;     -   the first component of the first oligonucleotide binds to the         polynucleotide target 5′ of the polymorphic sequence of         nucleotides;     -   the third component of the first oligonucleotide binds to the         polynucleotide target 3′ of the polymorphic sequence of         nucleotides; and     -   the second component of the first oligonucleotide is         non-complementary to the polymorphic sequence of nucleotides.

Embodiment 19. The method of any one of embodiments 12 to 18, wherein said substrate comprises a detectable portion and a quencher portion, wherein the detectable effect is provided by the cleavage of the substrate by the MNAzyme which separates said detectable and quencher portions.

Embodiment 20. The method according to any one of embodiments 12 to 19, further comprising amplifying the detectable effect produced upon modification of the substrate by the MNAzyme in a cascade.

Embodiment 21. The method of any one of embodiments 1 to 20, further comprising detecting a second target polynucleotide that differs in sequence from the first target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 22. The method of embodiment 21, comprising:

-   -   providing an additional oligonucleotide comprising a first         component that is substantially complementary to the second         target polynucleotide and a second component that is         substantially non-complementary to the second target         oligonucleotide;     -   contacting the second target polypeptide with the additional         oligonucleotide under conditions suitable for hybridisation of         the additional oligonucleotide with the second target         polynucleotide, and amplifying the second target polynucleotide         using an second enzymatic reaction to produce an amplified copy         of said second target polynucleotide comprising the second         component of the additional oligonucleotide; and     -   detecting the amplified copy of the second target         polynucleotide.

Embodiment 23. The method according to embodiment 22, wherein said second component of the additional oligonucleotide is located between first and third components of the first oligonucleotide which are substantially complementary to the target polynucleotide.

Embodiment 24. The method according to embodiment 23, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components of the additional oligonucleotide is:

-   -   (i) less than the number of nucleotides in the second component;     -   (ii) equal to the number of nucleotides in the second component;         or     -   (iii) more than the number of nucleotides in the second         component.

Embodiment 25. The method according to any one of embodiments 22 to 24, wherein the second component of the additional oligonucleotide forms a loop upon binding of the additional oligonucleotide to the second polynucleotide target.

Embodiment 26. The method according to any one of embodiments 22 to 25, wherein the second enzymatic reaction is any one or more of: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA), or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).

Embodiment 27. The method according to any one of embodiments 21 to 26, wherein the detection of said first and second polynucleotide targets is performed simultaneously.

Embodiment 28. The method according to any one of embodiments 21 to 26, wherein the detection of said first and second polynucleotide targets is performed sequentially.

Embodiment 29. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 28, wherein the method is performed in vitro or ex vivo.

Embodiment 30. The method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 29, wherein the first or second target polynucleotide is DNA, RNA or cDNA.

Embodiment 31. An oligonucleotide comprising three components, wherein:

-   -   a first and a third component of the oligonucleotide are         substantially complementary to different components of a target         polynucleotide; and     -   a second component of the oligonucleotide located between the         first and third components is non-complementary to the target         polypeptide.

Embodiment 32. The oligonucleotide according to embodiment 31, wherein the second component is more than 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 nucleotides in length.

Embodiment 33. The oligonucleotide according to embodiment 31 or embodiment 32, wherein the first component is more than 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 nucleotides in length.

Embodiment 34. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 33, wherein the third component is more than 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 nucleotides in length.

Embodiment 35. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 33, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is less than the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 36. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 33, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is equal to the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 37. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 33, wherein the number of nucleotides in the first and third components is more than the number of nucleotides in the second component.

Embodiment 38. The oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 35, wherein the second component forms a loop upon binding of the oligonucleotide to the polynucleotide target.

Embodiment 39. The oligonucleotide of any one of embodiments 31 to 38, wherein the oligonucleotide is DNA, RNA or cDNA.

Embodiment 40. Use of the oligonucleotide according to any one of embodiments 31 to 39 in the method according to any one of embodiments 1 to 30.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

Preferred embodiments of the present invention will now be described, by way of example only, with reference to the accompanying FIGS. 1-16 as set out below.

FIG. 1: Polynucleotide Assisted Sequence Switching (PASS) primer with MNAzyme readout: An exemplary PASS PCR strategy is illustrated which involves a PASS primer that contains a portion of unique sequence that is not complementary to the target sequence of interest. The unique sequence (US) sits between two sequences (S1 and S2) in the PASS primer, both of which are largely complementary to the target. S1 is the region of the PASS primer that is complementary to the target and 5′ to the US. S2 is the region of the PASS primer that is largely complementary to the target and is 3′ to the US. PASS primers can be designed to produce different conformations when bound to the target sequence. For example, when the number of bases in the target sequence between the binding sites of S1 and S2 (target-gap) is less than the number of bases in the US, then the US will “loop” out when the PASS primer binds to the target (Panel (i)). When the number of bases in the target between the binding sites of S1 and S2 is the same as the number of bases in the US, then the US does not loop out but rather forms a “planar” non-complementary region (Panel (ii)). In another embodiment, the number of bases in the target sequence between the binding sites of S1 and S2 may be more than the number of bases in the US, in this scenario the target sequence will loop out when the PASS primer binds to the target sequence. Through successive rounds of PCR the US is incorporated into one strand of the PCR amplicon and the complement of the US (cUS) is incorporated into the opposite strand of the PCR amplicon. The amplicons generated by PASS primers with either a loop (Panel (i)) or a planar region (Panel (ii)) of US can be detected by many strategies. By way of example this figure shows detection using MNAzymes (Panel (iii)).

When PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR, the MNAzyme may comprise a partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as illustrated, or alternatively the unique sequence, while the other partzyme binds adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. Formation of active MNAzymes from partzyme components may result in the cleavage of a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 2: PASS primers designed to discriminate single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) and/or acquired point mutations: PASS primers may be designed to enhance discrimination of single base changes such as SNPs or point mutations. In one embodiment, S2 of either a looped PASS primer (Panel (i)) or a planar PASS primer (Panel (ii)) can be used to target and specifically bind to the SNP or point mutation.

The base matched to the SNP or point mutation in S2 of the PASS primer may be located at the 3′ terminus of the primer, or may be placed at other positions within S2 (top of Panels (i) and (ii)). Further, additional bases may be mismatched between S2 and the target of interest to aid in better discrimination of the SNP (bottom of Panels (i) and (ii)).

FIG. 3: Using PASS primers to discriminate between single base changes with a multiplex MNAzyme readout: PASS primers can be designed to enhance discrimination between variant sequences, such as SNPs or mutations. This may be performed in multiplex MNAzyme qPCR reactions. Detection of, and discrimination between, two sequences which vary by only a single base is illustrated in this figure with variant 1 denoted by a circle in the left hand panel and variant 2 denoted by a triangle in the right hand panel. S2 of PASS primer 1 is specifically matched to variant 1, and the US of PASS primer 1 is a first non-target unique sequence 1 (US1) in a loop format (Loop 1). S2 of PASS primer 2 is specifically matched to variant 2, and the US of PASS primer 2 is a second non-target unique sequence (US2) in a loop format (Loop 2). Use of these PASS primers result in amplicons for each variant that differ by both the (a) the variant base and (b) the US incorporated via the PASS primer.

Detection of resultant amplicons may be mediated by MNAzymes. By way of example, MNAzyme 1 may be designed to detect variant 1 amplicons by designing a partzyme sensor arm that is comprised of sequence which is specific for both variant 1 and the complement of US1. MNAzyme 1 can be designed to cleave a universal probe 1 (Sub 1) labeled with fluorophore 1 only in the presence of amplicons with variant 1. MNAzyme 2 may be designed to detect variant 2 amplicons by designing a partzyme sensor arm that is comprised of sequence which is specific for both variant 2 and the complement of US2. MNAzyme 2 can be designed to cleave a universal probe 2 (Sub 2) labeled with fluorophore 2 only in the presence of amplicons with variant 2.

In this strategy, real-time detection, discrimination and quantification of both variants 1 and 2 could occur simultaneously in the one reaction tube.

FIG. 4: Combining PASS primers with MNAzyme qPCR: PASS primers were combined in qPCR with an MNAzyme readout. The forward primer, which in this example could also be the PASS primer, was positioned at different positions in relation to the partzyme junction. The 3′ end of the forward/PASS primer was located at either (i) 5 bases from the partzyme junction, (ii) 3 bases from the partzyme junction, or (iii) at the partzyme junction

In the qPCR reactions, MNAzymes were designed to target each of the 3 scenarios created by the PASS primers (i-iii). For each scenario the PASS primers with a looped US (black triangle—Test 1) or a planar US (white square—Test 2) were compared to a standard (non-PASS) primer with matching MNAzyme (black circle-Positive control) or the standard (non-PASS) primer combined with the partzymes designed to detect the US (cross—negative control).

FIG. 5: Using PASS primers to skip highly variable sequence: The US incorporated into amplicons via use of a PASS primer may also be used to skip areas of non-informative genetic variation that exist between conserved sequences to be detected. PASS primers may be designed such that S1 and S2 are complementary to two conserved, non-adjacent sequences of a target. The gap in the target sequence between the areas that hybridize to S1 and S2 (target-gap) would contain differences in sequence between three variants to be detected. The US of the PASS primer may be designed to contain the same number of nucleotides in the target-gap between S1 and S2. The US may be mismatched to all three variants. A single MNAzyme could be designed with a partzyme sensor arm that would hybridize the complement of US and cleave a single probe to detect Variant 1, 2 and/or 3.

FIG. 6: Using PASS primers to loop out highly variable sequence: The US incorporated into amplicons via use of a PASS primer may also be used to remove areas of non-informative genetic variation that exist between conserved sequences to be detected. Target Loop PASS primers may be designed such that US of the PASS primer contains less nucleotides that those in the target-gap between S1 and S2. Amplification of DNA from Variant 1 using the target Loop PASS primer would replace the variant sequence in the target-gap with a smaller number of nucleotides in the US of the PASS primer. A single MNAzyme could be designed with a partzyme sensor arm that would hybridize the complement of US and cleave a single probe to detect any amplicons generated from the PASS primer.

FIG. 7: Designs of PASS primers used to discriminate single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) and/or acquired point mutations: PASS primers may be designed to discriminate single base changes such as SNPs or point mutations. In one embodiment, S2 of either a looped or planar PASS primer can be used to target and specifically bind to the SNP or point mutation. By way of example, the base matched to the SNP or point mutation in S2 of the PASS primer may be located at the 3′ terminus of the primer (Design 1), 3 bases from the 3′ end (Design 2), at the 3′ terminus of the primer with a mismatch base inserted 3 bases from the 3′ end (Design 3) or 3 bases from the 3′ end with a mismatch base inserted 5 bases from the 3′ end (Design 4). Partzyme A target sensor arms for MNAzymes are designed to match each PASS primer design whereas Partzyme B is constant for all designs.

FIG. 8: Using PASS partzymes to detect variant strains with MNAzyme qPCR readout: Target sequences of interest may contain a string of variant bases, where the variants in each may be different to the others, for example, variant 1 (V1), variant 2 (V2) and variant 3 (V3) sequences. Primer sets can be designed to be specific for each variant sequence, V1, V2 and V3, and produce amplicons for each. The use of PASS partzymes provides a strategy to detect the sequences in real-time without discriminating between the variant strains. This involves using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a PASS partzyme. The PASS partzyme contains a portion of unique sequence (US) that is not complementary to the target sequence(s)/amplicon(s) of interest. The US is contained within the PASS partzyme sensor arm between two complementary target specific regions that are largely complementary to the target. The US in the partzyme is aligned with the variant region in V1, V2 and V3 that contains the variant bases.

The US within the PASS partzymes does not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes and thus the presence of any variant, or combination thereof, may result in the cleavage of a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 9: Using PASS partzymes with PASS primers to detect variant strains with MNAzyme qPCR readout: Target sequences of interest may contain a string of variant bases, where the variants in each may be different to the others, for example, variant 1 (V1), variant 2 (V2) and variant 3 (V3) sequences. PASS primer sets can be designed to be specific for each variant sequence, V1, V2 and V3, but contain the same US (US1), resulting in amplicons for each still containing the variant bases but also the complement sequence to the same US (cUS1). The use of PASS partzymes provides a strategy to detect the sequences in real-time without discriminating between the variant strains. This involves using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a fully matched “standard” partzyme that bind adjacently on the amplified target sequences of interest. The first PASS partzyme sensor arm contains (i) a region fully matched to the conserved sequence of all the Variant amplicons, (ii) a unique sequence (US2) that is not complementary to any of the variant amplicons and which is aligned to the regions which differ between the Variant amplicons, and (iii) a region containing US1, which binds to the cUS1 in all amplicons generated by using the variant-specific PASS primer sets (all containing cUS1). This MNAzyme can recognize and bind to all variants.

The US sequences within the PASS partzymes do not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes and thus the presence of any variant sequence, or combinations thereof, may result in the cleavage of a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 10: Using PASS partzymes to detect variant deletion strains with MNAzyme qPCR readout: Variant target sequences of interest may be derived from wild type sequences where different regions have been deleted (Panel i, Deletion 1 and Deletion 2). Primer sets can be designed to be specific for each deletion variant sequence and produce amplicons for each. The use of PASS partzymes provides a strategy to detect the sequences in real-time without necessarily discriminating between the specific deletions. This may be achieved using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a second fully matched (“standard”) partzyme which bind adjacently on the amplified target sequences of interest. The first PASS partzyme contains a region of sequence not complementary to the amplified target sequence, denoted the unique sequence (US), which is designed to align to where the region varies between deletion amplicons so that one MNAzyme can be used to detect all variants (Panel ii). The US present in the PASS partzyme can be in “planar” formation (Panel ii (a)) where the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme match the number of unbound bases in the amplified target sequence; or “looped” (Panel ii (b)) when the number of non-complementary bases in the partzyme is greater than the amplified target sequence and the partzyme sequence bulges or loops out; or alternatively the number of non-complementary bases in the partzyme is smaller than the amplified target sequence and the target sequence loops out.

The US within the PASS partzymes does not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes hence a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher can be cleaved producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 11: Using PASS partzymes with PASS primers to detect variant strains with MNAzyme qPCR readout: Variant target sequences of interest may be derived from wild type sequences where different regions have been deleted (Panel (i), Deletion 1 and Deletion 2). PASS primer sets can be designed to be specific for each deletion variant sequence, Deletion 1 and Deletion 2, but may contain the same US (US1), resulting in amplicons for each deletion containing the deletion-specific variant bases as well as the complementary sequence to the same US (cUS1). An exemplary strategy for detecting the amplicons in real-time, without discriminating between the variant strains, may use PASS partzymes together with the PASS primers. This may involve using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a second fully matched (“standard”) partzyme, which bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme contains a region of sequence not complementary to the amplified target sequence, denoted the unique sequence (US2) (which is designed to align to where the sequence varies between deletion amplicons) and another region corresponding to US1, so that one MNAzyme can be used to detect all variants (Panel (ii)). The US2 present in the PASS partzyme can be in planar formation, where the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme match the number of unbound bases in the amplified target sequence or looped when the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme is greater or smaller than the amplified target sequence and the sequence bulges or loops out (Panel (ii)).

Since the US within the PASS partzymes does not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher can be cleaved producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 12: Using Target Loop PASS primers or Pinch PASS primers to loop out different lengths of target sequence: The Unique Sequence Insert (USI) or Unique Sequence Junction (USJ) incorporated into amplicons via use of a PASS primer, Target Loop PASS primer or Pinch PASS primer may also be used to remove areas of sequence such as non-informative genetic variation that exists between conserved sequences to be detected.

PASS primers may be designed as, (i) Target Loop PASS primers such that the USI of the PASS primer contains less nucleotides than those in the target sequence located between cS1 and cS2 or (ii) the USJ of the Pinch PASS primer loops out target sequence located between cS1 and cS2. The length of target sequence looped out may be, for example, 10 bases, 20 bases, 40 bases, 60 bases, 100 bases or 200 bases (i or ii) which can be compared back to the original Loop PASS primer which, for example, may contain 2 unbound bases under the loop (iii).

Amplification of DNA using the Target Loop PASS primers or Pinch PASS primers would replace the looped out target sequence with the smaller number of nucleotides in the USI or USJ of the Target Loop PASS primer or Pinch PASS primer respectively. An MNAzyme could be designed with a partzyme sensor arm that would hybridize the complement of the USI or the USJ and cleave a reporter probe to detect any amplicons generated from the PASS primer or Pinch PASS primer.

FIG. 13: Using PASS partzymes or Pinch PASS partzymes to loop out different lengths of target sequence: PASS partzymes may be designed such that (i) the USI of the Planar PASS partzyme contains the same number of nucleotides as those in the target sequence located between cS1 and cS2 which, by way of example, may be 5, 10 or 15 bases, (ii) the USI of the Loop PASS partzyme may contain more or less nucleotides than those in the target sequence located between cS1 and cS2 which, by way of example, the USI may be 5, 10 or 15 bases or (iii) the USJ of the Pinch PASS partzyme may loop out, by way of example, 5, 10, 15, 20 or 40 bases of the target sequence located between cS1 and cS2.

PASS partzymes can be used in MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme or Pinch PASS partzyme and a fully matched (“standard”) partzyme which bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The USI or USJ sequence within the PASS partzymes does not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes hence a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher can be cleaved producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

FIG. 14: Choice of primer and partzyme A combination for the omission or selection of variable regions in a genome. The development of Pinch PASS partzymes enables flexibility in the selection of the sequence to be detected by the MNAzyme which can be an advantage when target sequences contain variable regions. Many different primer and MNAzyme scenarios can be employed. Strategies include (i) an upstream generic forward primer that detects all variants including wild type which can be used with (i A) a downstream standard MNAzyme targeting a variable region wherein a different partzyme A (Pz A) can be designed for each variant but can be used with a common partzyme B (Pz B) to detect multiple variants; or with (i B) a Pinch PASS partzyme A, which pinches out the variable region at its unique sequence junction (USJ), allowing detection of all variants with a single MNAzyme. The “X” represents the variant bases and the “0” represents the complement of the variant bases. In another scenario, (ii) a variant specific, forward primer that overlaps with the MNAzyme can be used to selectively amplify variant over wild type sequence. When combined with a standard MNAzyme (ii A), detection of a specific variant is possible, however detection of multiple variants requires a specific primer and partzyme A set per variant (with a common Pz B). Alternatively, detection of the presence of any variant can be achieved by use of specific primers amplifying each variable region combined with a Pinch PASS partzyme A (ii B), which pinches out the variable region at its unique sequence junction (USJ), allowing detection of all variants with a single MNAzyme. Alternatively, (iii) a variant specific, forward primer that overlaps with the MNAzyme can be used to selectively amplify variant sequences, and each variant specific primer may contain a non-target related tag sequence on its 5′ end which becomes incorporated into the amplicon for each variant. This reduces the competition between the MNAzyme and the primer for binding to the same strand of the amplicon and reduces competition between primers in a multiplex reaction. This tagged primer can be combined with (iii A) a standard MNAzyme to detect specific variants (each Pz A designed to detect a different variable region in the genome) or with (iii C) a tagged Pinch PASS partzyme A, such that the partzyme A pinches out the variable region at its unique sequence junction (USJ) and binds to the complement of the tag sequence in the amplicon (c-tag), thus reducing any binding competition between the forward primer and partzyme A and allowing detection of all variants with a single MNAzyme.

FIG. 15: PASS primers containing a US composed of an antisense DNAzyme. The unique sequence incorporated into amplicons via use of a PASS primer may also be used to insert functional sequences into the amplicon. PASS primers can be designed such that the unique sequence is composed of an inactive, antisense form of a DNAzyme while still being non-complementary to the target sequence. Upon amplification during PCR a catalytically active, sense DNAzyme is inserted into the amplicon and can cleave a substrate to produce a signal in real-time (FIG. 15 panel (ii)). In comparison, a standard PASS primer may have a US that has no catalytic potential and is non-complementary to the target sequence (FIG. 15 panel (i)). PASS primers can be combined with MNAzyme qPCR such that MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence. The second partzyme can bind adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplicon of interest. The active MNAzyme would then cleave a substrate 1 (Sub 1) to produce a signal that can be monitored in real-time. A second substrate 2 (Sub 2) can be added to both reactions, but when a standard PASS partzyme is used the substrate 2 would remain uncleaved and not produce a signal (FIG. 15 panel (i)). However when the PASS primers are used that contain the antisense of the DNAzyme as the US, amplification results in formation of active DNAzymes that would cleave substrate 2 producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time (FIG. 15 panel (ii)). Substrate 2 could be labeled with a different fluorophore to substrate 1 so the two signals can be distinguished, or alternatively substrate 2 could be labeled with the same fluorophore as substrate 1 to enhance the signal produced and decreasing the Ct value.

FIG. 16: A diagram depicting an exemplary design of a Multi-component nucleic acid (MNAzyme). By way of exemplary disclosure, an MNAzyme is comprised of two oligonucleotide components (partzyme A and partzyme B), which selfassemble in the presence of an assembly facilitator, for example target DNA or RNA. When the two partzymes assemble in the presence of the assembly facilitator, a catalytically active MNAzyme forms which is capable of modifying (eg. cleaving or ligating) a substrate. The two component partzymes have (i) sensor arms, which bind to the assembly facilitator, (ii) substrate arms, which bind the substrate, and (iii) partial catalytic core sequences. The presence of an assembly facilitator molecule (eg. a target nucleic acid sequence) provides the “input” signal which directs the assembly of partzyme components in a highly specific fashion. In some embodiments, the assembly facilitator may be, for example, a target nucleic acid sequence present in a test sample. In other embodiments, the assembly facilitator may be, for example a synthetic oligonucleotide included in the milieu to direct the self-assembly of the partzyme components in the presence of a detectable entity or event. Modification of the substrate (substrate probe, reporter probe, or reporter substrate) by the assembled MNAzyme can provide a “detectable effect” which may be detected and/or quantified. For example, when the substrate is dual labelled with a fluorophore (F) and a quencher (Q), cleavage of the substrate by an active MNAzyme separates the fluorophore and the quencher resulting in a concomitant increase in fluorescence.

DEFINITIONS

As used in this application, the singular form “a”, “an” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, the phrase “polynucleotide” also includes a plurality of polynucleotides.

As used herein, the term “comprising” means “including”. Variations of the word “comprising”, such as “comprise” and “comprises,” have correspondingly varied meanings. Thus, for example, a polynucleotide “comprising” a sequence of nucleotides may consist exclusively of that sequence of nucleotides or may include one or more additional nucleotides.

As used herein the term “plurality” means more than one. In certain specific aspects or embodiments, a plurality may mean 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, or more, and any integer derivable therein, and any range derivable therein.

As used herein, the term “subject” includes any animal of economic, social or research importance including bovine, equine, ovine, primate, avian and rodent species. Hence, a “subject” may be a mammal such as, for example, a human or a non-human mammal. Also encompassed are microorganism subjects including, but not limited to, bacteria, viruses, fungi/yeasts, protists and nematodes. A “subject” in accordance with the presence invention also includes infectious agents such as prions.

As used herein, the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” each refer to a polymer made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds and are used interchangeably. For the purposes of the present invention a “polypeptide” may constitute a full length protein or a portion of a full length protein.

As used herein, the terms “polynucleotide” and “nucleic acid” may be used interchangeably and refer to a single- or double-stranded polymer of deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide bases, or analogues, derivatives, variants, fragments or combinations thereof, including but not limited to DNA, methylated DNA, alkylated DNA, RNA, methylated RNA, microRNA, siRNA, shRNA, mRNA, tRNA, snoRNA, stRNA, smRNA, pre- and pri-microRNA, other non-coding RNAs, ribosomal RNA, derivatives thereof, amplicons thereof or any combination thereof. By way of non-limiting example, the source of a nucleic acid may be selected from the group comprising synthetic, mammalian, human, animal, plant, fungal, bacterial, viral, archael or any combination thereof. The terms “polynucleotide” and “nucleic acid” “oligonucleotide” include reference to any specified sequence as well as to the sequence complementary thereto, unless otherwise indicated.

As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a segment of DNA or a DNA-containing nucleic acid molecule, or RNA or RNA-containing molecule, or a combination thereof. Examples of oligonucleotides include nucleic acid targets; substrates, for example, those which can be modified by an MNAzyme; primers such as those used for in vitro target amplification by methods such as PCR; and components of MNAzymes. The term “oligonucleotide” includes reference to any specified sequence as well as to the sequence complementary thereto, unless otherwise indicated. Oligonucleotides may comprise at least one addition or substitution, including but not limited to the group comprising 4-acetylcytidine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uridine, 2′-O-methylcytidine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl thiouridine, dihydrouridine, 2′-O-methylpseudouridine, beta D-galactosylqueosine, 2′-O-methylguanosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenosine, 1-methyladenosine, 1-methylpseudouridine, 1-methylguanosine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanosine, 2-methyladenosine, 2-methylguanosine, 3-methylcytidine, 5-methylcytidine, N6-methyladenosine, 7-methylguanosine, 5-methylaminomethyluridine, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, beta D-mannosylmethyluridine, 5-methoxycarbonylmethyluridine, 5-methoxyuridine, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenosine, N-((9-beta-ribofuranosyl-2-methylthiopurine-6-yl)carbamoyl)threonine, N-((9-beta-ribofuranosylpurine-6-yl)N-methyl-carbamoyl)threonine, uridine-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uridine-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouridine, queosine, 2-thiocytidine, 5-methyl-2-thiouridine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine, 5-methyluridine, N-((9-beta-D-ribofuranosylpurine-6-yl)carbamoyl)threonine, 2′-O-methyl-5-methyluridine, 2′-O-methyluridine, wybutosine, 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine, beta D-arabinosyl uridine, beta D-arabinosyl thymidine.

As used herein, the terms “complementary”, “complementarity”, “match” and “matched” refer to the capacity of nucleotides (e.g. deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides or combinations thereof) to hybridise to each other via either Watson-Crick base-pairing or wobble base pairing. Bonds can be formed via Watson-Crick base-pairing between adenine (A) bases and uracil (U) bases, between adenine (A) bases and thymine (T) bases, between cytosine (C) bases and guanine (G) bases. A wobble base pair is a non-Watson-Crick base pairing between two nucleotides in a polynucleotide duplex (e.g. guanine-uracil, inosine-uracil, inosine-adenine, and inosine-cytosine). Nucleotides referred to as “complementary” or that are the “complement” of each other are nucleotides which have the capacity to hybridise together by either Watson-Crick base pairing or by wobble base pairing between their respective bases.

As used herein, the terms “non-complementary”, “not complementary”, “mismatch” and “mismatched” refer to nucleotides (e.g. deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, combinations thereof) that lack the capacity to hybridize together by either Watson-Crick base pairing or by wobble base pairing between their respective bases.

As used herein, an “enzyme” refers to any molecule which can catalyze a chemical reaction (e.g. amplification of a polynucleotide, cleavage of a polynucleotide etc.)

As used herein, an “amplicon” refers to nucleic acid (e.g. DNA or RNA, or a combination thereof) that is a product of natural or artificial nucleic acid amplification or replication events including, but not limited to, PCR, RT-PCR, SDA, HDA, RPA, LAMP, RCA, TMA, 3SR or NASBA.

As used herein, the terms “nucleic acid enzyme”, “catalytic nucleic acid”, “nucleic acid with catalytic activity”, and “catalytic nucleic acid enzyme” are used herein interchangeably and shall mean a DNA or DNA-containing molecule or complex, or an RNA or RNA-containing molecule or complex, or a combination thereof (i.e. DNA-RNA hybrid molecule or complex), which may recognize at least one substrate and catalyse a modification (such as ligation or cleavage) of the at least one substrate. The nucleotide residues in the catalytic nucleic acids may include the bases A, C, G, T, and U, as well as derivatives and analogues thereof. The terms above include uni-molecular nucleic acid enzymes which may comprise a single DNA or DNA-containing molecule (also known in the art as a “DNA enzyme”, “deoxyribozyme” or “DNAzyme”) or an RNA or RNA-containing molecule (also known in the art as a “ribozyme”) or a combination thereof, being a DNA-RNA hybrid molecule which may recognize at least one substrate and catalyse a modification (such as ligation or cleavage) of the at least one substrate. The terms above include nucleic acid enzymes which comprise a DNA or DNA-containing complex or an RNA or RNA-containing complex or a combination thereof, being a DNA-RNA hybrid complex which may recognize at least one substrate and catalyse a modification (such as ligation or cleavage) of the at least one substrate. The terms “nucleic acid enzyme”, “catalytic nucleic acid”, “nucleic acid with catalytic activity”, and “catalytic nucleic acid enzyme” include within their meaning MNAzymes.

As used herein, the terms “MNAzyme” and “multi-component nucleic acid enzyme” as used herein have the same meaning and refer to two or more oligonucleotide sequences (e.g. partzymes) which, only in the presence of an MNAzyme assembly facilitator (for example, a target), form an active nucleic acid enzyme that is capable of catalytically modifying a substrate. MNAzymes can catalyse a range of reactions including cleavage of a substrate, ligation of substrates and other enzymatic modifications of a substrate or substrates. An exemplary MNAzyme comprising partzyme A and partzyme B which has cleavage activity is depicted in FIG. 16. MNAzymes with endonuclease or cleavage activity are also known as “MNAzyme cleavers”. With reference to FIG. 16, partzymes A and B each of which bind to an assembly facilitator (e.g. a target DNA or RNA sequence) through Watson-Crick base pairing. The MNAzyme only forms when the sensor arms of partzymes A and B hybridize adjacent to each other on the assembly facilitator. The substrate arms of the MNAzyme engage the substrate, the modification (e.g. cleavage) of which is catalyzed by the catalytic core of the MNAzyme, formed by the interaction of the catalytic domains of partzymes A and B. Cleavage of a DNA/RNA chimeric reporter substrate is exemplified in the drawing. The MNAzyme may cleave the substrate between a fluorophore and a quencher dye pair, thus generating signal. The terms “multi-component nucleic acid enzyme” and “MNAzyme” comprise bipartite structures, composed of two molecules, or tripartite structures, composed of three nucleic acid molecules, or other multipartite structures, for example those formed by four or more nucleic acid molecules.

It will be understood that the terms “MNAzyme” and “multi-component nucleic acid enzyme” as used herein encompass all known MNAzymes and modified MNAzymes including those disclosed in any one or more of PCT patent publication numbers WO/2007/041774, WO/2008/040095, WO2008/122084, and related US patent publication numbers 2007-0231810, 2010-0136536, and 2011-0143338 (the contents of each of these documents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety). Non-limiting examples of MNAzymes and modified MNAzymes encompassed by the terms “MNAzyme” and “multi-component nucleic acid enzyme” include MNAzymes with cleavage catalytic activity (as exemplified herein), disassembled or partially assembled MNAzymes comprising one or more assembly inhibitors, MNAzymes comprising one or more aptamers (“apta-MNAzymes”), MNAzymes comprising one or more truncated sensor arms and optionally one or more stabilizing oligonucleotides, MNAzymes comprising one or more activity inhibitors, multi-component nucleic acid inactive proenzymes (MNAi), and MNAzymes with ligase catalytic activity (“MNAzyme ligases”), each of which is described in detail in one or more of WO/2007/041774, WO/2008/040095, WO2008/122084, US 2007-0231810, US 2010-0136536, and/or US 2011-0143338.

As used herein, the terms “partzyme”, “component partzyme” and “partzyme component” refer to a DNA-containing or RNA-containing or DNA-RNA-containing oligonucleotide, two or more of which, only in the presence of an MNAzyme assembly facilitator as herein defined, can together form an “MNAzyme.” In certain preferred embodiments, one or more component partzymes, and preferably at least two, may comprise three regions or domains: a “catalytic” domain, which forms part of the catalytic core that catalyzes a modification; a “sensor arm” domain, which may associate with and/or bind to an assembly facilitator; and a “substrate arm” domain, which may associate with and/or bind to a substrate. Partzymes may comprise at least one additional component including but not limited to an aptamer, referred to herein as an “apta-partzyme.” A partzyme may comprise multiple components, including but not limited to, a partzyme component with a truncated sensor arm and a stabilizing arm component which stabilises the MNAzyme structure by interacting with either an assembly facilitator or a substrate.

The term Polynucleotide Assisted Sequence Switching (PASS) oligonucleotide as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide which comprises a 5′ component that is complementary or substantially complementary to a nucleic acid target of interest, a central component comprising a “unique sequence” (also referred to herein as “US”) of nucleotides that is not present in the nucleic acid target sequence, and a 3′ component that is complementary or substantially complementary to the nucleic acid target of interest. The PASS oligonucleotide may be provided in the form of a primer (referred to herein as a “PASS primer”). The PASS oligonucleotide may be a sensor arm component of a partzyme (referred to herein as a “PASS partzyme”) which may further comprise a partial catalytic domain and a substrate arm domain.

The terms “unique sequence insert” and “USI” and “unique insert sequence” and “US insert” are used interchangeably herein and have the same meaning. The term “unique sequence insert” refers to a sequence of nucleotides within a larger polynucleotide (e.g. a PASS oligonucleotide) that is not complementary to a target polynucleotide when the larger polynucleotide is hybridized with the target polynucleotide via complementary base pairing.

The terms “unique sequence junction” and “USJ” and “US junction” refer to a unique sequence of nucleotides formed by combining two component nucleotide sequences, each component being complementary to different portions of a target polynucleotide which are separated by intervening sequence.

The term “unique sequence” as used herein may include a “unique sequence insert” or a “unique sequence junction.”

The terms “assembly facilitator molecule”, “assembly facilitator”, “MNAzyme assembly facilitator molecule”, and “MNAzyme assembly facilitator” as used herein refer to entities that can facilitate the self-assembly of component partzymes to form a catalytically active MNAzyme by interaction with the sensor arms of the MNAzyme. As used herein, assembly facilitators may facilitate the assembly of MNAzymes which have cleavage, ligase or other enzymatic activities. In preferred embodiments an assembly facilitator is required for the self-assembly of an MNAzyme. An assembly facilitator may be comprised of one molecule, or may be comprised of two or more “assembly facilitator components” that may pair with, or bind to, the sensor arms of one or more oligonucleotide “partzymes”. The assembly facilitator may comprise one or more nucleotide component/s which do not share sequence complementarity with sensor arm/s of the MNAzyme. The assembly facilitator may be a target. The target may be a nucleic acid selected from the group consisting of DNA, methylated DNA, alkylated DNA, RNA, methylated RNA, microRNA, siRNA, shRNA, tRNA, mRNA, snoRNA, stRNA, smRNA, pre- and pri-microRNA, other non-coding RNAs, ribosomal RNA, derivatives thereof, amplicons, or any combination thereof. The nucleic acid may be amplified. The amplification may comprise one or more of: PCR, RT-PCR, SDA, HDA, RPA, LAMP, RCA, TMA, 3SR, NASBA or the ligase chain reaction.

The term “detectable effect” as used herein is an effect that can be detected or quantified as an indication that modification of substrate/s has occurred. The magnitude of the effect may be indicative of the quantity of an input such as an assembly facilitator (e.g. a target). The detectable effect may be detected by a variety of methods, including fluorescence spectroscopy, surface plasmon resonance, mass spectroscopy, NMR, electron spin resonance, polarization fluorescence spectroscopy, circular dichroism, immunoassay, chromatography, radiometry, photometry, scintigraphy, electronic methods, electrochemical methods, UV, visible light or infra red spectroscopy, enzymatic methods or any combination thereof.

The terms “polynucleotide substrate” and “substrate” as used herein include any single- or double-stranded polymer of deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide bases, or analogues, derivatives, variants, fragments or combinations thereof, including but not limited to DNA, methylated DNA, alkylated DNA, RNA, methylated RNA, microRNA, siRNA, shRNA, mRNA, tRNA, snoRNA, stRNA, smRNA, pre- and pri-microRNA, other non-coding RNAs, ribosomal RNA, derivatives thereof, amplicons thereof or any combination thereof (including mixed polymers of deoxyribonucleotide and ribonucleotide bases), which is capable of being recognized, acted upon or modified by an enzyme including a catalytic nucleic acid enzyme. A “polynucleotide substrate” or “substrate” may be modified by various enzymatic activities including but not limited to cleavage or ligation. Modification of a “polynucleotide substrate” or “substrate” may provide a “detectable effect” for monitoring the catalytic activity of a enzyme.

A “reporter substrate” as used herein is a substrate that is particularly adapted to facilitate measurement of either the disappearance of a substrate or the appearance of a product in connection with a catalyzed reaction. Reporter substrates can be free in solution or bound (or “tethered”), for example, to a surface, or to another molecule. A reporter substrate can be labelled by any of a large variety of means including, for example, fluorophores (with or without one or more additional components, such as quenchers), radioactive labels, biotin (e.g. biotinylation) or chemiluminescent labels.

As used herein, a “generic substrate” or a “universal substrate” is a substrate, for example, a reporter substrate, that is recognized by and acted on catalytically by a plurality of MNAzymes, each of which can recognize a different assembly facilitator. The use of such substrates facilitates development of separate assays for detection, identification or quantification of a wide variety of assembly facilitators using structurally related MNAzymes all of which recognize a universal substrate. These universal substrates can each be independently labelled with one or more labels. In preferred embodiments, independently detectable labels are used to label one or more universal substrates to allow the creation of a convenient system for independently or simultaneously detecting a variety of assembly facilitators using MNAzymes. In some embodiments, substrates cleaved by MNAzymes could be reconstituted, and hence recycled, using an MNAzyme or DNAzyme ligase. In some embodiments, substrate(s) cleaved or ligated by MNAzymes can be further used as components or modulators of additional MNAzyme(s) or DNAzyme(s).

The terms “probe” as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide that is used for detection of a target nucleic acid. Non-limiting examples of probes include TaqMan probes; Molecular Beacon probes; and nucleic acid enzyme substrates capable of catalytic modification by a nucleic acid enzyme.

The terms “generic probe” and “universal probe” as used herein refer to a probe that may be catalytically modified by a plurality of non-identical nucleic acid enzymes, thus facilitating the detection of one or more target nucleic acids.

A “generic probe” or “universal probe” as used herein may also be referred to as a “universal substrate”. Universal substrates may in some embodiments be tethered to a solid support in different positions to provide a substrate array. In such embodiments, the tethered universal substrates may all be labelled with the same fluorophore. In certain cases, each universal substrate can be cleaved only by an MNAzyme formed in the presence of a specific MNAzyme assembly facilitator molecule and signal can be localised by positioning of the substrate on the surface, thus allowing specific detection of different assembly facilitators.

The term “product” refers to the new molecule or molecules that are produced as a result of enzymatic modification of a substrate. As used herein the term “cleavage product” refers to a new molecule produced as a result of cleavage or endonuclease activity by an enzyme. The term “ligation product” refers to a new molecule produced as a result of the ligation of substrates by an enzyme.

As used herein, use of the terms “melting temperature” and “Tm” in the context of a polynucleotide will be understood to be a reference to the melting temperature (Tm) as calculated using the Wallace rule, whereby Tm=2° C.(A+T)+4° C.(G+C) (see Wallace et al., (1979) Nucleic Acids Res. 6, 3543), unless specifically indicated otherwise.

As used herein, the term “base” will be understood to have the same meaning as the term “nucleotide”.

As used herein, the term “kit” refers to any delivery system for delivering materials. Such delivery systems include systems that allow for the storage, transport, or delivery of reaction reagents (for example labels, reference samples, supporting material, etc. in the appropriate containers) and/or supporting materials (for example, buffers, written instructions for performing an assay etc.) from one location to another. For example, kits may include one or more enclosures, such as boxes, containing the relevant reaction reagents and/or supporting materials. The term “kit” includes both fragmented and combined kits.

As used herein, the term “fragmented kit” refers to a delivery system comprising two or more separate containers that each contains a subportion of the total kit components. The containers may be delivered to the intended recipient together or separately. Any delivery system comprising two or more separate containers that each contains a subportion of the total kit components are included within the meaning of the term “fragmented kit”.

As used herein, a “combined kit” refers to a delivery system containing all of the components of a reaction assay in a single container (e.g. in a single box housing each of the desired components).

It will be understood that use the term “about” herein in reference to a recited numerical value includes the recited numerical value and numerical values within plus or minus ten percent of the recited value.

It will be understood that use of the term “between” herein when referring to a range of numerical values encompasses the numerical values at each endpoint of the range. For example, a polypeptide of between 10 residues and 20 residues in length is inclusive of a polypeptide of 10 residues in length and a polypeptide of 20 residues in length.

Any description of prior art documents herein, or statements herein derived from or based on those documents, is not an admission that the documents or derived statements are part of the common general knowledge of the relevant art.

For the purposes of description all documents referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety unless otherwise stated.

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used herein and throughout the specification:

-   MNAzyme: multi-component nucleic acid enzyme, or multipartite     nucleic acid enzyme; -   Partzyme: Partial enzyme containing oligonucleotide; -   S1; Sequence one, located 5′ of the US -   S2; Sequence two, located 3′ of the US -   cS1; complement of sequence one, located 3′ of the US -   cS2; complement of sequence two, located 5′ of the US -   PASS; Polynucleotide Assisted Sequence Switching -   US; Unique sequence -   cUS; complement of unique sequence -   USI; unique sequence insert -   USJ; unique sequence junction -   cUSI; complement of unique sequence insert -   cUSJ; complement of unique sequence junction -   ave; average -   PCR: polymerase chain reaction; -   gDNA: genomic DNA -   rc: reverse complement -   NTC: No template control -   qPCR: Real-time quantitative PCR -   Ct; Threshold cycle -   R²; Correlation coefficient -   nM; Nanomolar -   mM; Millimolar -   μL; Microlitre -   dNTP; Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate -   ARMS: Amplification Refractory Mutation System -   WE-ARMS: wobble-enhanced ARMS -   NF-H₂O: nuclease-free water; -   LNA: locked nucleic acid; -   F: fluorophore; -   Q: quencher; -   N=A, C, T, G, or any analogue thereof; -   N′=any nucleotide complementary to N, or able to base pair with N; -   (N)_(x): any number of N; -   (N′)_(x): any number of N′; -   W: A or T; -   R: A, G, or AA; -   rN: any ribonucleotide base; -   (rN)_(x): any number of rN; -   rR: A or G; -   rY: C or U; -   M: A or C; -   H: A, C, or T; -   D: G, A, or T; -   JOE or 6-JOE: 6-carboxy-4′,5′-dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxyfluorescein; -   FAM or 6-FAM: 6-Carboxyfluorescein. -   BHQ1: Black Hole Quencher 1 -   BHQ2: Black Hole Quencher 2 -   RT-PCR: reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction -   SDA: strand displacement amplification -   HDA: helicase dependent amplification -   RPA: Recombinase Polymerase Amplification -   LAMP: loop-mediated isothermal amplification -   RCA: rolling circle amplification -   TMA: transcription-mediated amplification -   3SR: self-sustained sequence replication -   NASBA: nucleic acid sequence based amplification -   IB: Iowa Black® FQ -   IBR: Iowa Black® RQ -   shRNA: short hairpin RNA -   siRNA: short interfering RNA -   mRNA: messenger RNA -   tRNA: transfer RNA -   snoRNA: small nucleolar RNA -   stRNA: small temporal RNA -   smRNA: small modulatory RNA -   pre-microRNA: precursor microRNA -   pri-microRNA: primary microRNA

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The following detailed description conveys exemplary embodiments of the present invention in sufficient detail to enable those of ordinary skill in the art to practice the present invention. Features or limitations of the various embodiments described do not necessarily limit other embodiments of the present invention or the present invention as a whole. Hence, the following detailed description does not limit the scope of the present invention, which is defined only by the claims.

The present invention provides Polynucleotide Assisted Sequence Switching (PASS) oligonucleotides. The PASS oligonucleotides may be used as PASS primers to facilitate the introduction of unique specific sequence into amplicons. A unique sequence introduced into an amplicon by the oligonucleotide may be used to enhance the detection of small genetic variations (e.g. an SNP) in a given nucleic acid target, or alternatively to replace a region of variable sequence in an amplicon to improve the efficacy of amplification and/or detection of related sequences. The PASS oligonucleotide may be a sensor arm component of a PASS partzyme whereby the PASS partzyme sensor arm contains both ‘unique sequence’ which is non-complementary to one or a group of nucleic acid targets, as well as sequence that is complementary to the group of nucleic acid targets. A PASS partzyme sensor arm may thus in some embodiments hybridise with multiple different nucleic acid targets that differ from each other only by virtue of a component that is not capable of hybridising with the PASS partzyme sensor arm. The PASS partzyme may then interact with a second other partzyme comprising a sensor arm complementary to a different component of the nucleic acid target to form an MNAzyme capable of detecting multiple different nucleic acid sequences with similar efficiency.

Accordingly, certain embodiments of the present invention relate to oligonucleotides useful for the detection of nucleic acids. Also provided are compositions and kits comprising the oligonucleotides.

Other embodiments of the present invention relate to methods for detecting nucleic acids. The methods may be used to detect genetic polymorphisms in a given target nucleic acid, or alternatively to avoid incorporating undesirable region(s) of a target sequence into amplicons by replacing those region(s) with a unique sequence from the oligonucleotide primer. The methods may comprise amplifying a target sequence using an oligonucleotide primer (e.g. a PASS primer) and detecting amplicons produced. The amplicons may comprise a unique sequence insert or junction derived from the oligonucleotide primer that is foreign to the target sequence amplified. Alternatively, the methods may comprise amplifying a target sequence with an oligonucleotide primer and/or detecting the target sequence using an MNAzyme comprising PASS partzyme(s).

PASS Oligonucleotides

PASS oligonucleotides of the present invention comprise a unique sequence (US) that is non-complementary to sequence present in a target polynucleotide. The US may be provided in the form of a unique sequence insert (USI) or a unique sequence junction (USJ). The PASS oligonucleotides may be used as primers for polymerase-based enzymatic reactions (PASS primers) and/or included as a sensor arm component and/or substrate arm component of a partzyme (PASS partzyme).

In some embodiments the PASS oligonucleotides may comprise at least two components. One component may be complementary or substantially complementary to a target polynucleotide, whereas the other component may be non-complementary or substantially non-complementary to that target oligonucleotide.

In some embodiments the PASS oligonucleotides may further comprise three components. A first and second component may be complementary or substantially complementary to a target polynucleotide, whereas a third component may be non-complementary or substantially non-complementary to the same target polynucleotide. The first and second components of the oligonucleotide may be complementary or substantially complementary to different portions of the target oligonucleotide. The third component of the oligonucleotide that is non-complementary to the target may be located between first and second components of the oligonucleotide.

In some embodiments, the number of nucleotides in the third component may be equal to the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide which are located between portions of the target polynucleotide hybridised to the first and second components. PASS oligonucleotides having this feature are also referred to herein as planar PASS oligonucleotides.

In other embodiments, the number of nucleotides in the third component exceeds the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide which are located between portions of the target polynucleotide hybridised to the first and second components. In such cases, unhybridised nucleotides of the PASS oligonucleotide may form a loop structure. PASS oligonucleotides having this feature are also referred to herein as loop PASS oligonucleotides.

In still other embodiments, the number of nucleotides in the third component is less than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide which are located between portions of the target polynucleotide hybridised to the first and second components. PASS oligonucleotides having this feature are also referred to herein as target loop PASS oligonucleotides.

For example, the third component may comprise between 1 and 300 nucleotides, 1 and 250 nucleotides, 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 300 nucleotides, 5 and 250 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 300 nucleotides, 10 and 250 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 fewer nucleotides than the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target polynucleotide which are located between portions of the target polynucleotide hybridised to the first and second components. In such cases, unhybridised nucleotides of the target polynucleotide positioned between the first and second components may form a loop structure. The loop structure may comprise between 1 and 300 nucleotides, 1 and 250 nucleotides, 1 and 200 nucleotides, 1 and 150 nucleotides, 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 300 nucleotides, 5 and 250 nucleotides, 5 and 200 nucleotides, 5 and 150 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 300 nucleotides, 10 and 250 nucleotides, 10 and 200 nucleotides, 10 and 150 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides. The loop structure may comprise 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 100 or 200 nucleotides (FIG. 12).

In some embodiments, the first component may terminate at the 5′ end of the PASS oligonucleotide and the second component may terminate at the 3′ end of the PASS oligonucleotide. The 5′ component may be shorter than the 3′ component. In other embodiments, the 5′ component may be longer than the 3′ component. In other embodiments the central component may be shorter than the 5′ component and/or the 3′ component. In still other embodiments the central component may be longer than the 5′ component and/or the 3′ component.

A PASS oligonucleotide may further comprise additional non-complementary sequence which may be located either 5′ of the 5′ component and/or 3′ of the 3′ component.

By way of non-limiting example only, the 5′ component, 3′ component and/or central component of a PASS oligonucleotide may be less than 75, less than 70, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 17, 55, 13, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 or less than 5 nucleotides in length. For example, the central component may be 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 nucleotide/s in length. In alternative embodiments, the PASS oligonucleotides may comprise first and second components, each of which is complementary or substantially complementary to a distinct portion of the target polynucleotide. The distinct portions of the target polynucleotide are separated by intervening nucleotide/s. Accordingly, upon hybridisation of the PASS oligonucleotide to the target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, non-contiguous nucleotides of the target polynucleotide are juxtaposed creating a USJ. The bringing together of spatially-separated nucleotide sequence components in the target polynucleotide may form a loop structure in the target polynucleotide. PASS oligonucleotides having these features are also referred to herein as pinch PASS oligonucleotides. The loop structure in the target polynucleotide may comprise between 1 and 100 nucleotides, 1 and 75 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides 1 and 25 nucleotides, 5 and 100 nucleotides, 5 and 75 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides 5 and 25 nucleotides, 10 and 100 nucleotides, 10 and 75 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, or 10 and 25 nucleotides. The loop structure may comprise 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 60 nucleotides.

A PASS oligonucleotide of the present invention may be a component of a partzyme (PASS partzyme). For example, sensor and/or substrate arm/s of the PASS partzyme may comprise a PASS oligonucleotide. Accordingly, PASS partzymes may be capable of hybridising to a target polynucleotide and combining with a second partzyme capable of hybridising to an adjacent portion of the target polynucleotide to assemble into MNAzyme capable of modifying a substrate providing a detectable event.

A PASS partzyme of the present invention may comprise a sensor arm and/or a substrate arm comprising or consisting of a planar PASS oligonucleotide, a loop PASS oligonucleotide, a target loop PASS oligonucleotide, or a pinch PASS oligonucleotide as described herein.

A PASS partzyme comprising a sensor arm and/or a substrate arm comprising or consisting of a target loop PASS oligonucleotide or a pinch PASS oligonucleotide may cause the formation of a loop structure in a polynucleotide hybridised to the sensor arm and/or a substrate arm. The loop structure in the target polynucleotide may comprise between 1 and 60 nucleotides, 1 and 50 nucleotides, 1 and 40 nucleotides, 1 and 30 nucleotides 1 and 20 nucleotides, 1 and 10 nucleotides, 5 and 60 nucleotides, 5 and 50 nucleotides, 5 and 40 nucleotides, 5 and 30 nucleotides 5 and 20 nucleotides, 5 and 10 nucleotides, 10 and 60 nucleotides, 10 and 50 nucleotides, 10 and 40 nucleotides, 10 and 30 nucleotides, or 10 and 20 nucleotides. The loop structure in the target polynucleotide may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 or 60 nucleotides (FIG. 13).

Reference to a sequence of nucleotides that is “substantially complementary” to another sequence of nucleotides herein may mean that a first sequence is at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the complement of a second sequence over a region of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more nucleotides.

A sequence of nucleotides that is “complementary” to another sequence of nucleotides herein may mean that a first sequence is 100% identical to the complement of a second sequence over a region of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more nucleotides.

Reference to a sequence of nucleotides that is “substantially non-complementary” to another sequence of nucleotides herein may mean that a first sequence is less than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40% identical to the complement of a second sequence over a region of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more nucleotides.

A sequence of nucleotides that is “non-complementary” to another sequence of nucleotides herein may mean that a first sequence is 0% identical to the complement of a second sequence over a region of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more nucleotides.

A PASS oligonucleotide as provided herein may be of any suitable length, depending on the desired application. By way of non-limiting example only, the oligonucleotide may be less than 100, less than 75, less than 70, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 17, 55, 13, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 or less than 5 nucleotides in length.

Non-limiting examples of target nucleic acids (i.e. a polynucleotide) to which PASS oligonucleotides may bind include DNA, methylated DNA, alkylated DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), RNA, methylated RNA, microRNA, siRNA, shRNA, mRNA, tRNA, snoRNA, stRNA, smRNA, pre- and pri-microRNA, other non-coding RNAs, ribosomal RNA, derivatives thereof, amplicons thereof or any combination thereof (including mixed polymers of deoxyribonucleotide and ribonucleotide bases).

Accordingly, the PASS oligonucleotides provided herein may comprise or consist of DNA, methylated DNA, alkylated DNA, complementary DNA (cDNA), RNA, methylated RNA, microRNA, siRNA, shRNA, mRNA, tRNA, snoRNA, stRNA, smRNA, pre- and pri-microRNA, other non-coding RNAs, ribosomal RNA, derivatives thereof, amplicons thereof or any combination thereof (including mixed polymers of deoxyribonucleotide and ribonucleotide bases).

In certain embodiments, PASS oligonucleotides of the present invention may be used as primers in the amplification of a target sequence of nucleic acids.

Referring to the embodiments shown in FIG. 1, PASS primers may comprise three regions. The 5′ component of the primer (S1) contains sequence that is substantially complementary to the nucleic acid target of interest, the middle component of the primer is a non-target specific unique sequence (US) and the 3′ component of the primer (S2) contains sequence that is substantially complementary to the nucleic acid target of interest. S1 and S2 may be designed such that S2 binds further towards the 5′ of the target sequence than S1. As shown in panel (i) the number of nucleotides in the gap between the areas of the target to which S1 and S2 bind may be less than the number of bases in the US, so that the US forms a loop when the PASS primer binds to the target (FIG. 1, Panel (i)). Alternatively, there may be a gap between the target sequence bound by S1 and S2 as shown in FIG. 1 panel (ii). The US may comprise the same number of nucleotides as the gap between S1 and S2 (FIG. 1, Panel (ii)), fewer nucleotides, or more nucleotides (FIG. 1, Panel (i)).

In some embodiments, the melting temperature (“Tm”) of S1 is higher than the Tm than S2.

Thus, in certain embodiments PASS oligonucleotides may have three regions, namely, (i) a 5′ region (S1) having a Tm higher than the a 3′ region (S2) that is complementary or substantially complementary to a first component of a target nucleic acid and capable of annealing to the target; (ii) a 3′ region (S2) which may have a lower Tm than S1 and which is complementary or substantially complementary to the target; and (iii) an intervening region (US) located between S1 and S2 comprising a unique sequence (US) that is non-complementary or substantially non-complementary to the target.

In general, when a PASS primer is used to amplify a sequence of interest, the US is incorporated into resulting amplicons (FIG. 1, Panels (i), (ii) and (iii)). The US may be designed for various purposes such as, for example, to aid in the detection of the amplicons using a Molecular Beacon or an MNAzyme partzyme designed to bind to US or the complement of the US (FIG. 1, Panel (iii)). The MNAzyme partzyme or the Molecular Beacon may or may not also bind to target sequence amplified from the 3′ end of the PASS primer.

Specific and non-limiting examples of PASS primers include those comprising a sequence as defined in any one of SEQ ID NOs 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, or 17.

Exemplary Applications of PASS Oligonucleotides

Target Amplification with PASS Primers

PASS oligonucleotides of the present invention may be used as primers (PASS primers) to amplify target nucleic acid sequences and to incorporate unique sequences (US) into resulting amplicons. No particular limitation exists in relation to amplification techniques to which the PASS primers may be applied. Amplicons generated by various reactions utilising the PASS oligonucleotides may be detected using any known technique. Non-limiting examples include those detection techniques using a signal provided by a dye that binds to double-stranded DNA (e.g. SYBR green), and/or those using an amplicon sequence specific-probe (e.g. molecular beacons, minor groove binder (MGB) probes, TaqMan® probes).

In general, nucleic acid amplification techniques utilise enzymes (e.g. polymerases) to generate copies of a target nucleic acid that is bound specifically by one or more oligonucleotide primers. Non-limiting examples of amplification techniques in which PASS oligonucleotides may be used include one or more of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), the reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), helicase dependent amplification (HDA), Recombinase Polymerase Amplification (RPA), loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), rolling circle amplification (RCA), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), self-sustained sequence replication (3SR), nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA).

The introduction of a US from a PASS oligonucleotide described herein into an amplicon may aid in better discrimination of single base differences such as single nucleotide polymorphisms or acquired point mutations. For example, PASS primers may be designed to enhance discrimination between variant sequences, such as SNPs or mutations (e.g. point mutations).

Referring to FIG. 2, PASS primers may be designed to enhance discrimination of single base changes such as SNPs or point mutations. For example, the 3′ component (S2) of either a loop PASS primer (FIG. 2 panel (i)) or a planar PASS primer (FIG. 2 panel (ii)) can be used to target and specifically bind to the SNP or point mutation. The base matched to the SNP or point mutation in S2 of the PASS primer may be located at the 3′ terminus of the primer (FIG. 2 top of Panels (i) and (ii)), or may be located at other positions within S2 such as, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more than 5 bases 5′ of the 3′ terminus of the primer. Further, additional bases may be mismatched between S2 and the target sequence of interest to aid in better discrimination of the SNP (FIG. 2 bottom of Panels (i) and (ii)). For example, 1, 2, or 3 bases may be mismatched between S2 and the target sequence. The mismatched base or bases may be located, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more than 5 bases 5′ of the 3′ terminus of the primer.

PASS primers can be designed to enhance discrimination between variant sequences (e.g. SNPs or mutations) in multiplex reactions involving a plurality of target polynucleotides. In these embodiments, two or more PASS primers comprising different target polynucleotide binding specificities may be used for the detection of different target polynucleotides. To discern between amplicons derived from different polynucleotide targets, the central component (US) of a first PASS primer with specificity for one polynucleotide may differ from the central component (US) of a second PASS primer with specificity for the other different target polynucleotide.

Detection of, and discrimination between, two sequences which vary by only a single base is illustrated in FIG. 3. Variant 1 is denoted by a circle in the left hand panel and Variant 2 denoted by a triangle in the right hand panel. S2 of PASS Primer 1 is specifically matched to Variant 1, and the US of PASS primer 1 is a first US (US1) in a loop format (loop 1). S2 of PASS primer 2 is specifically matched to Variant 2, and the US of PASS primer 2 is a second US (US2) in a loop format (loop 2). Use of these PASS primers in PCR results in amplicons for each variant that differ in sequence by both the (a) the variant base and (b) the US incorporated via the PASS primer. The different amplicons may be detected using any suitable means. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, detection could be achieved using a multiplex MNAzyme qPCR reaction.

Unique sequence (US) from PASS primers may be incorporated into amplicons for the purpose of “skipping” or removing areas of non-informative genetic variation that exist between target conserved sequences to be detected. This may facilitate, for example, the detection of multiple strains of a single virus or bacterium where conserved regions are separated by variable regions of sequence. In such embodiments, it may not be necessary to discern between amplicons derived from different polynucleotide targets in which case the central component (US) of different PASS primers may be identical. Alternatively, the sequences of the central component (US) from different PASS primers may differ in order to discern between the sources of amplicons.

By way of non-limiting example only, a SNP (SNP-1) that predicts response to a particular therapy may immediately be downstream of a SNP (SNP-2) that provides no useful information on therapeutic response. The design of ARMS primers to SNP-1 would be complicated by the presence of multiple alleles for SNP-2. A PASS primer could be designed with S2 specific for the informative allele for SNP-1. The PASS primer would be designed to the target such that S1 and S2 would leave un-hybridized target sequence between them. This un-hybridized target sequence would contain SNP-2. During amplification with the PASS primer, the unique sequence (US) in the PASS primer would replace the sequence of SNP-2, removing this extraneous variation from the reaction. Discrimination between different alleles of SNP-1 could be achieved using two PASS primers. Allele 1 of the SNP would be amplified by PASS Primer 1 which would contain S2 specifically matched to Allele 1, and US1. PASS Primer 2 would amplify Allele 2 of the SNP. PASS Primer 2 would contain S2 specifically matched to Allele 2 and US2 (a different sequence to US1). Use of these PASS primers in PCR would result in amplicons for each variant that differ in sequence by both the (a) the variant base and (b) the US incorporated via the PASS primer, but without the variant of SNP-2. The amplicons from PASS Primer 1 and PASS Primer 2 could be detected using MNAzymes as described in FIG. 3 (see MNAzyme 1 and MNAzyme 2).

Referring specifically to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, PASS primers may be designed such that S1 and S2 are complementary or substantially complementary to two conserved, non-adjacent sequences of a target (FIG. 5, PASS primer). The gap in the target sequence between the areas that hybridize to S1 and S2 (target-gap) may contain differences in sequence between three variants to be detected. The variants may be viral or bacterial strains. The US of the PASS primer may be designed to contain the same number of nucleotides in the target-gap between S1 and S2 (FIG. 5) or the US of the PASS primer may be designed to contain less nucleotides than those in the target-gap between S1 and S2 (FIG. 6).

Amplification of DNA from Variants 1, 2 and 3 in FIG. 5 with the PASS primer in FIG. 5 may result in amplicons with exactly the same sequence irrespective of the variation in the target-gap. The US from the PASS primer may replace the genetic variation in the target-gap between S1 and S2. Thus a method for detecting all amplicons produced may rely on the detection of a single US, regardless of the amplicons being amplified from different target polynucleotides. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, an MNAzyme may be designed with a partzyme sensor arm that hybridises the complement of the US (cUS, FIG. 5) and cleaves a single probe to detect Variant 1, 2 and 3 of, for example, a virus or bacterium.

Referring specifically to FIG. 6, amplification of DNA from Variant 1 using the target loop PASS primer shown would replace the variant sequence in the target-gap with the smaller number of nucleotides in the US of the PASS primer. Other strains of virus or bacteria that had variation in this same target-gap region would also be effectively amplified using this PASS primer. The resulting amplicons would all have the same sequence, regardless of the sequence of the target-gap. A single MNAzyme could be designed with a partzyme sensor arm that would hybridize to the complement of the US (cUS, FIG. 6) and cleave a single probe to detect any amplicons generated from the PASS primer.

The skilled addressee will readily understand that the applications of PASS oligonucleotides/primers described above are provided for the purpose of non-limiting exemplification only. The PASS oligonucleotides/primers disclosed may be used in any primer-based nucleic acid amplification technique and the invention is not so limited to those embodiments specifically described.

Detection of Amplicons Generated Using PASS Primers

As discussed above, PASS primers of the present invention may be utilised in any polynucleotide amplification technique, non-limiting examples of which include the PCR, RT-PCR, SDA, HDA, RPA, LAMP, RCA, TMA, 3SR, or NASBA.

Amplicons generated by techniques that utilise PASS primers may be detected using any suitable method known in the art.

Non-limiting examples include the use of labelled probes, the incorporation of detectable labels into the primers, the use of catalytic nucleic acids, and the like.

For example, the amplicons may be detected by (SYBR Green with melt curve analysis) where the difference in Tm between a unique sequence (US1) of a first PASS primer and the Tm of a unique sequence (US2) from a second PASS primer would provide a greater difference in the melt temperature of the amplicons. Additionally or alternatively, molecular beacons may be used where the molecular beacons are designed to encompass US1 or US2. Additionally or alternatively, MNAzymes may be used to detect the amplicons.

In certain embodiments, the detection method utilised may be designed to detect a central component (US) of PASS primers incorporated into amplicons, or a component of the US. This may be particularly advantageous in multiplex assays aimed at detecting amplicons derived from distinct polynucleotides. For example, it may allow for easier discrimination between small genetic variations in distinct target polynucleotides such as SNPs and other mutations.

Additionally or alternatively, the detection method utilised may be designed to detect a 5′ (S1) and/or 3′ (S2) component of PASS primers incorporated into amplicons.

Although it may be preferable in many applications to detect the amplicons using sequence-specific techniques (e.g. techniques based on the specific sequence of a central component of a PASS oligonucleotide incorporated into an amplicon), other techniques are also contemplated. For example, in embodiments where amplification is not carried out for the purpose of discerning amplicons derived from different target polynucleotides it may well be sufficient to detect amplicons produced by virtue of its size. This may be the case, for example, when amplification involves removing areas of non-informative genetic variation that exist between target conserved sequences that are to be detected.

An MNAzyme may be utilised to detect amplicons generated using PASS primers using techniques such as PCR, RT-PCR, SDA, HDA, RPA, TMA, LAMP, RCA, 3SR, and NASBA. The MNAzyme may comprise one or more PASS partzyme(s). MNAzymes are multi-component nucleic acid enzymes which are assembled and are only catalytically active in the presence of an assembly facilitator which may be, for example, a target to be detected such as an amplicon generated from a polynucleotide sequence using PASS primers. MNAzymes are composed of multiple part-enzymes, or partzymes, which self-assemble in the presence of one or more assembly facilitators and form active MNAzymes which catalytically modify substrates (FIG. 16). The substrate and assembly facilitators (target) are separate nucleic acid molecules. The partzymes have multiple domains including (i) sensor arms which bind to the assembly facilitator (such as a target nucleic acid); (ii) substrate arms which bind the substrate, and (iii) partial catalytic core sequences which, upon assembly, combine to provide a complete catalytic core. MNAzymes can be designed to recognize a broad range of assembly facilitators including, for example, different target nucleic acid sequences. In response to the presence of the assembly facilitator, MNAzymes modify their substrates. This substrate modification can be linked to signal generation and thus MNAzymes can generate an enzymatically amplified output signal. The assembly facilitator may be a target nucleic acid present in a biological or environmental sample (e.g. an amplicon generated from a polynucleotide target using PASS primers). In such cases, the detection of the modification of the substrate by the MNAzyme activity is indicative of the presence of the target. Several MNAzymes capable of cleaving nucleic acid substrates have been reported and additional MNAzymes which can ligate nucleic acid substrates are also known in the art. MNAzymes and modified forms thereof are known in the art and disclosed in PCT patent publication numbers WO/2007/041774, WO/2008/040095, WO2008/122084, and related US patent publication numbers 2007-0231810, 2010-0136536, and 2011-0143338 (the contents of each of these documents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).

For example, either or both sensor arms of an MNAzyme may be complementary or substantially complementary to a PASS primer, or a component thereof. In certain embodiments, one sensor arm of the MNAzyme is complementary or substantially complementary to the central component (US) of a PASS primer or a component thereof, and is also complementary to a portion of the remainder of an amplicon comprising the central component. The second sensor arm of the MNAzyme is complementary to a different portion of the same amplicon that is not complementary to the first sensor arm and that does not contain the US.

MNAzymes may be used in multiplex assays designed to detect the presence of multiple distinct amplicons comprising different central components (US) derived from different PASS primers. For example, the sensor arm or sensor arms of a first MNAzyme may be specific for a first amplicon comprising a first central component (US) derived from a first PASS primer capable of binding to and facilitating amplification of a first polynucleotide target, and the sensor arm or sensor arms of a second MNAzyme may be specific for a second amplicon comprising a second central component (US) derived from a second PASS primer capable of binding to and facilitating amplification of a second polynucleotide target comprising a sequence that is distinct from the first polynucleotide target. This facilitates the detection of multiple distinct amplicons derived from distinct polynucleotide targets in a single assay. The skilled person would readily understand that additional MNAzymes with specificities for additional distinct amplicons derived from other distinct polynucleotide targets could also be incorporated into such assays.

By way of non-limiting example only, reference is made to FIG. 3 wherein MNAzyme 1 may be designed to detect Variant 1 amplicons by designing a partzyme sensor arm that is comprised of sequence which is specific for both the Variant 1 and the complement of US1. MNAzyme 1 may be designed to cleave a universal probe 1 (Sub 1) labeled with fluorophore 1 only in the presence of amplicons of Variant 1. MNAzyme 2 may be designed to detect Variant 2 amplicons by designing a partzyme sensor arm that is comprised of sequence which is specific for both the Variant 2 and the complement of US 2. MNAzyme 2 can be designed to cleave a universal probe 2 (Sub 2) labeled with fluorophore 2 only in the presence of amplicons with Variant 2. In this strategy, real-time detection, discrimination and quantification of both Variants 1 and 2 can occur simultaneously in the one reaction tube. FIG. 7 shows exemplary designs of PASS primers designed for the selective amplification of variant bases such as SNPs or point mutations in target polynucleotides. Amplicons generated by the PASS primers may be detected, for example, by MNAzymes. PASS primers may be designed to discriminate single base changes such as SNPs or point mutations. For example, S2 as shown in looped and planar PASS primers in FIG. 7 can be used to target and specifically bind to the SNP or point mutation. The nucleotide matched to the SNP or point mutation in S2 of the PASS primer may be located at the 3′ terminus of the primer (Design 1), 3 nucleotides from the 3′ end (Design 2), at the 3′ terminus of the primer with a mismatch nucleotide inserted 3 bases from the 3′ end (Design 3) or 3 nucleotides from the 3′ end with a mismatch nucleotide inserted 5 bases from the 3′ end (Design 4). An MNAzyme may be used to detect amplicons generated with the PASS primers. Partzyme A target sensor arms are shown to match each PASS primer design and Partzyme B is shown as constant for all designs.

The skilled person will readily recognise that planar, loop, target loop and pinch PASS primers can be used in accordance with the exemplary design shown in FIG. 7. The skilled person will also recognise that the position of the nucleotide matched to the SNP and/or mismatch nucleotide shown in the S2 component may be varied. For example, either may be at the 3′ terminus, or 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 nucleotides from the 3′ terminus.

Detection of Amplicons Using PASS Partzymes

MNAzymes comprising PASS partzyme(s) may be used to detect target nucleic acids and target nucleic acid amplicons. The target nucleic acid amplicons may be generated using any suitable technique. In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid amplicons may be generated with techniques that utilise PASS primers.

Referring to the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 8, PASS partzymes can be designed to detect multiple amplicons derived from related variant sequences. By way of non-limiting example only, target sequences of interest may contain a string of variant nucleotides that differ in different targets (depicted as variant 1 (V1), variant 2 (V2) and variant 3 (V3) sequences in FIG. 8). Primer sets may be designed to be specific for each variant sequence, V1, V2 and V3, and produce amplicons for each. PASS partzymes provide a strategy for detection of the sequences in real-time without discriminating between the variant strains. This involves using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a PASS partzyme. By way of example a PASS partzyme may comprise a portion of unique sequence (US) that is not complementary to the target sequence(s)/amplicon(s) of interest. The US may be positioned within the PASS partzyme sensor arm between two regions that are complementary to the targets. The US in the partzyme may be aligned with the variant region in V1, V2 and V3 that contains the variant bases. A single PASS partzyme with this design could bind to amplicons from V1, V2 and V3 with equal or similar efficiency allowing their simultaneous detection.

Still referring to the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the US within the PASS partzymes does not prevent the formation of active MNAzymes and thus the presence of any variant, or combination thereof, may result in the cleavage of a universal probe providing a detectable event. For example, when the probe is labelled with a fluorophore and quencher this may produce a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

The skilled person will recognise that the sensor arm of the PASS partzyme shown in FIG. 8 can comprise or consist of a planar PASS oligonucleotide, a loop PASS oligonucleotide, a target loop PASS oligonucleotide, or a pinch PASS oligonucleotide as described herein, each designed to avoid complementary base hybridization to the variant region of the amplicons.

Referring now to the exemplary embodiment depicted in FIG. 10, PASS partzymes may be designed to detect variant deletion strains with MNAzyme qPCR readout whereby the Variant target sequences of interest may be derived from a group of wild type sequences comprising members with unidentical deleted regions (FIG. 10 Panel i, Deletion 1 and Deletion 2). Primer sets may be designed to be specific for each deletion variant sequence and produce amplicons for each. The use of PASS partzymes provides a strategy to detect the sequences in real-time without necessarily discriminating between the specific deletions. This may be achieved using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a fully matched (“standard”) partzyme which bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme may comprise a region of sequence that is not complementary to the target sequence, denoted the unique sequence (US), which is designed to align where the region varies between deletion amplicons such that one MNAzyme can be used to detect all variants (FIG. 10 Panel ii). The US present in the PASS partzyme may be in a planar form where the number of non-complementary bases in the sensor arm of the PASS partzyme matches the number of unhybridised nucleotides in the target sequence (FIG. 10 Panel ii (a)). Alternatively, the US present in the PASS partzyme sensor arm may be in a loop form where the number of non-complementary/unhybridised nucleotides in the sensor arm of the PASS partzyme is greater than the number of non-complementary/unhybridised nucleotides in the target sequence (FIG. 10 Panel ii (b)).

The skilled person will recognise that although FIG. 10 depicts the use of planar and loop PASS oligonucleotides, the sensor arm of the PASS partzyme shown in FIG. 10 may comprise or consist of a target loop PASS oligonucleotide or a pinch PASS oligonucleotide as described herein, each designed to avoid complementary base hybridisation to the variable deleted region of the amplicons.

A single PASS partzyme could bind to amplicons generated by amplification deletion variant 1 and 2 with equal or similar efficiency thus allowing their simultaneous detection.

The US within the PASS partzymes does not prevent the formation of the active MNAzymes hence a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher can be cleaved providing a detectable event. This may in turn provide a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, depicted in FIG. 9, detection of target may be achieved using a combination of PASS partzymes with PASS primers. Target sequences of interest may contain a sequence of variant nucleotides, where the variant nucleotide sequence in different targets is not the same, for example, variant 1 (V1), variant 2 (V2) and variant 3 (V3) sequences. PASS primer sets may be designed to be specific for each variant sequence, V1, V2 and V3, and may further comprise the same US (US1), such that amplification produces amplicons for each variant which contain (i) the variant bases and (ii) the complementary sequence to the common US (cUS1) and the sequence conserved between variants. The combined use of these PASS primers with PASS partzymes provides a strategy to detect all variant sequences in real-time without discriminating between the variant strains. This involves using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a fully matched “standard” partzyme that bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme sensor arm depicted comprises (i) a region fully matched to the conserved sequence of the all variant amplicons, (ii) a unique sequence (US2) which is not complementary to any of the variant amplicons and which is aligned to the regions which differs between the variant amplicons, and (iii) a region comprising US1, which can bind to all amplicons generated by using the variant-specific primer sets (all comprising cUS). This MNAzyme can recognize and hybridise to all variants.

A single PASS partzyme of either design could bind to amplicons generated by amplification of variant sequences with equal or similar efficiency thus allowing their simultaneous detection. The skilled person will recognise that although FIG. 9 depicts the use of planar PASS primers, the PASS primers shown in FIG. 9 may be substituted for loop PASS primers, target loop PASS primers, or pinch PASS primers as described herein, each designed to provide a US in the copy of the target sequence generated. The skilled person will also recognise that although FIG. 9 depicts a planar PASS partzyme conformation, the sensor arm may be substituted for an equivalent version comprising a loop or target loop PASS oligonucleotide in which US2 is non-complementary to the variable sequence of the amplicons, or alternatively a pinch PASS oligonucleotide sensor arm facilitating removal of the variable sequence as an available binding region in the amplicon for the sensor arm.

The plurality of US within each PASS partzyme do not prevent the formation of the active MNAzymes and thus the presence of any variant, or combination thereof, may result in the cleavage of a universal probe providing a detectable event. For example, when the probe is labelled with a fluorophore and quencher this may produce a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

In a further embodiment illustrated in FIG. 11 PASS partzymes may be used with PASS primers to detect variant deletions. Variant target sequences of interest may be derived from wild type sequences where different regions have been deleted (FIG. 11 Panel i, Deletion 1 and Deletion 2). PASS primer sets may be designed to be specific for each deletion variant sequence, Deletion 1 and Deletion 2, but may further comprise the same US (US1), resulting in amplicons for each deletion containing the deletion-specific variant bases as well as the complement sequence to the same US (cUS1) and the conserved common target sequence. An exemplary strategy for detection of the amplicons in real-time, without discriminating between the variant deletions, uses PASS partzymes together with the PASS primers. This may involve using MNAzyme qPCR, whereby the MNAzyme may comprise a first PASS partzyme and a fully matched (“standard”) partzyme, which bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme may comprise (i) a region of sequence not complementary to the amplified target sequence, denoted as the unique sequence (US2) (Panel ii) which is designed to align where the sequence varies between deletion amplicons; (ii) another region corresponding to US1, so that one MNAzyme can be used to detect all variants (Panel ii) and (iii) common complementary sequence that is conserved in all deletion amplicons. The US2 present in the PASS partzyme may be in planar formation where the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme matches the number of unbound bases in the target sequence. Alternatively, the US2 present in the PASS partzyme may be in a looped conformation whereby the number of non-complementary bases in the partzyme is greater than the number in the target sequence resulting in the sequence bulging or looping out (Panel ii). A single PASS partzyme of either design could bind to amplicons generated by amplification of deletion variants with equal or similar efficiency thus allowing their simultaneous detection.

The skilled person will recognise that although FIG. 11 depicts the use of loop PASS primers, the PASS primers shown in FIG. 11 may be substituted for planar PASS primers, target loop PASS primers or pinch PASS primers as described herein, each designed to provide a US in the copy of the target sequence generated. The skilled person will also recognise that although FIG. 11 depicts planar and loop PASS partzyme conformations, the sensor arm may be substituted for an equivalent version comprising a a target loop PASS oligonucleotide in which US2 is non-complementary to the variable deleted sequence of the amplicons, or alternatively a pinch PASS oligonucleotide sensor arm facilitating removal of the variable deleted sequence as an available binding region in the amplicon for the sensor arm.

Since the US within the PASS partzymes does not affect the formation of the active MNAzymes a universal probe labelled with a fluorophore and quencher can be cleaved producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

Referring now to FIG. 14, amplification of target sequences using one or more primers may provide target sequence amplicons comprising the primer(s) and the target sequence. In such cases, MNAzymes may be designed to detect the amplicons. The MNAzymes may comprise a PASS partzyme as shown in FIGS. 14B and 14C. For example, as shown in FIGS. 14 (i), 14A (i) and 14B (i), the MNAzyme may be designed such that the sensor arm of either or both partzyme component(s) hybridizes by base pair complementarity to a region of the amplicon that does not comprise the primer sequence or a sequence complementary to the primer sequence (e.g. in a region between two termini of an amplicon each terminus comprising a separate primer sequence, or each terminus comprising a sequence complementary to a separate primer sequence). Alternatively, the MNAzyme may be designed such that the sensor arm of either or both partzyme component(s) hybridizes to a region of the amplicon that comprises a primer sequence or sequence complementary to the primer sequence (FIGS. 14 (ii)/(iii), 14A (ii)/(iii), 14B (ii) and 14C (iii)). In such cases, the sensor arm that hybridizes to the primer sequence may be a component of a PASS partzyme. For example, as shown in FIG. 14B (i)/(ii) and 14C (iii), a pinch PASS partzyme may be used resulting in the looping out of a portion of the primer sequence and optionally of additional sequence of the amplicon upstream or downstream of the primer sequence. In some embodiments, the target sequence amplicons may comprise primer(s) comprising a tag sequence (FIG. 14 (iii), 14A (iii), 14C (iii)). The MNAzyme may be designed such that the sensor arm of either or both partzyme component(s) hybridizes to a region of the amplicon that comprises the tag sequence or sequence complementary to the tag sequence. In such cases, the sensor arm that hybridizes to the primer sequence may be a component of a PASS partzyme. For example, as shown in FIG. 14C (iii), a pinch PASS partzyme may be used resulting in the looping out of a portion of the primer sequence and optionally of additional tag sequence and optionally of sequence of the amplicon upstream or downstream of the primer sequence. The skilled person will readily recognise that planar, loop, target loop and pinch PASS partzymes can be used in accordance with the exemplary methods described herein.

Detection of Non-Amplified Target Nucleic Acids Using PASS Partzymes

PASS partzymes of the present invention may be used to detect nucleic acids that have not been previously amplified using polymerase-based amplification techniques.

For example, PASS partzymes can be designed to detect variant target sequences. By way of non-limiting example only, target sequences of interest may contain a variant region that differs in different targets. The variable region may comprise nucleotide substitution(s), insertion(s) and/or deletion(s). A PASS partzyme may comprise a portion of unique sequence (US) that is not complementary to any of the target sequences, or at least none of the variable regions within a given population of variant target sequences. The US may be positioned between two regions of the PASS partzyme sensor arm that are each complementary to one or more target sequences. One of the complementary regions may be capable of hybridizing to target sequence(s) by complementary base pairing 3′ of the variant region of the target(s), while the other may be capable of hybridizing to the same target sequence(s) by complementary base pairing 5′ of the variable region in the target(s). In this manner, hybridization of the PASS partzyme to the target(s) comprising the variable region may align the US with the variant region to which the US may remain unhybridized. A single PASS partzyme with this design could thus bind to multiple different targets with equal or similar efficiency allowing their simultaneous detection. In general, detection can be facilitated by the addition of a second partzyme comprising a sensor arm that is complementary to a portion of the target sequence immediately adjacent to the portion of the target sequence hybridized by the PASS partzyme, thereby facilitating the assembly of a catalytically active MNAzyme capable of modifying a substrate to provide a detectable signal. The skilled person will recognise that the sensor arm of the PASS partzyme may comprise or consist of a planar PASS oligonucleotide, a loop PASS oligonucleotide, a target loop PASS oligonucleotide, or a pinch PASS oligonucleotide as described herein, each designed to avoid complementary base hybridization to the variant region of the target sequences.

Use of PASS Oligonucleotides to Incorporate Functional Nucleic Acids into Amplicons

PASS oligonucleotides may be used to incorporate functional sequences into amplicons. The functional sequences may be formed by virtue of a PASS oligonucleotide (e.g. a PASS primer) incorporating a US or UJS into an amplicon, wherein a sequence that is complementary to the new US, or a new sequence formed by the UJS, has functional capacity. For example, the incorporated sequence may be that of a DNAzyme or ribozyme.

Referring now to FIG. 15 and in particular FIG. 15 panel (ii), a PASS primer comprising a US can be used to amplify a target nucleic acid (e.g. genomic DNA) and in doing so incorporate a US into the amplicon. The US of the PASS primer may comprise an inactive, antisense form of a functional nucleic acid. Upon amplification of the target nucleic acid a catalytically active, sense form of the functional nucleic acid is inserted into amplicons. The skilled person will readily recognize that planar, loop, and target loop PASS primers can be used to achieve the outcome of incorporating a functional nucleic acid into the amplicon produced via a US. In an alternative embodiment, a pinch PASS primer may be used to generate a UJS in the amplicon and in doing so create a functional nucleic acid within the amplicon.

As shown in the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 15 panel (ii), the US which comprises an inactive, antisense form of a catalytic nucleic acid (in this case a DNAzyme) used resulting in amplicons comprising functionally active sense forms of the US. The functionally active sense forms of the catalytic nucleic acid present in the amplicons are capable of cleaving a substrate to produce a detectable signal, thus notifying of the presence of the amplicons so generated. As shown in the lowest portion of FIG. 15 panel (ii), an MNAzyme may optionally be used to aid in the detection of the amplicon comprising the functional catalytic nucleic acid (in this case a DNAzyme). For example, an MNAzyme can be used that comprises a first partzyme capable of hybridizing by complementary base pairing adjacently or substantially adjacently to the substrate for the functional catalytic nucleic acid as well as portion of the amplicon. The second partzyme component of the MNAzyme may hybridize to the amplicon (again by complementary base pairing) adjacent to the first partzyme facilitating the assembly of a catalytically active MNAzyme capable of cleaving the same or a different substrate as the catalytic nucleic acid present in amplicon, thereby generating additional detectable signal indicative of the presence of the amplicons.

Diagnostic Applications

PASS oligonucleotides may be used for diagnostic and/or prognostic purposes in accordance with the methods described herein. The diagnostic and/or prognostic methods may be performed ex vivo or in vitro. However, the methods of the present invention need not necessarily be used for diagnostic and/or prognostic purposes, and hence applications that are not diagnostic or prognostic are also contemplated.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein may be used to diagnose infection in a subject. For example, the methods may be used to diagnose infection by bacteria, viruses, fungi/yeast, protists and/or nematodes in the subject. In one embodiment, the virus may be an enterovirus. The subject may be a bovine, equine, ovine, primate, avian or rodent species. For example, the subject may be a mammal, such as a human, dog, cat, horse, sheep, goat, or cow. The subject may be afflicted with a disease arising from the infection. For example, the subject may have meningitis arising from an enterovirus infection. Accordingly, methods of the present invention may in certain embodiments be used to diagnose meningitis.

The methods of the present invention may be performed on a sample. The sample may be derived from any source. For example, the sample may be obtained from an environmental source, an industrial source, or by chemical synthesis.

It will be understood that a “sample” as contemplated herein includes a sample that is modified from its original state, for example, by purification, dilution or the addition of any other component or components.

The methods of the present invention including, but not limited to diagnostic and/or prognostic methods, may be performed on a biological sample. The biological sample may be taken from a subject. Stored biological samples may also be used. Non-limiting examples of suitable biological samples include whole blood or a component thereof (e.g. blood cells, plasma, serum), urine, saliva, lymph, bile fluid, sputum, tears, cerebrospinal fluid, bronchioalveolar lavage fluid, synovial fluid, semen, ascitic tumour fluid, breast milk and pus.

Kits

The present invention provides kits comprising one or more agents for performing methods of the present invention. Typically, kits for carrying out the methods of the present invention contain all the necessary reagents to carry out the method.

In some embodiments the kits may comprise oligonucleotide components capable of forming an MNAzyme in the presence of an appropriate assembly facilitator (e.g. an amplicon comprising a PASS primer as described herein). For example, the kit may comprise at least a first and second oligonucleotide component comprising a first and second partzyme, and a second container comprising a substrate, wherein self-assembly of the first and second partzymes, and the substrate, into an MNAzyme requires association of an assembly facilitator (e.g. an amplicon) present in a test sample. Accordingly, in such embodiment, the first and second partzymes, and the substrate, may be applied to the test sample in order to determine the presence of one or more target amplicons.

In general, the kits comprise at least one PASS oligonucleotide provided herein. The kits may therefore comprise PASS oligonucleotides such as, for example, planar PASS oligonucleotides, loop PASS oligonucleotides, target loop PASS oligonucleotides and/or pinch PASS oligonucleotides.

Additionally or alternatively, the kits may comprise PASS primers such as, for example, planar PASS primers, loop PASS primers, target loop PASS primers and/or pinch PASS primers.

Additionally or alternatively, the kits may comprise PASS partzymes comprising a sensor arm and/or substrate arm that comprises or consists of a PASS oligonucleotide as described herein (e.g. a planar PASS oligonucleotide, loop PASS oligonucleotide, target loop PASS oligonucleotides or pinch PASS oligonucleotide). The kits may further comprise standard partzymes designed to complement the PASS partzymes in the context of binding the same target polynucleotide and facilitating the assembly of a catalytically active MNAzyme capable of modifying a substrate to provide a detectable signal.

Typically, the kits of the present invention will also comprise other reagents, wash reagents, enzymes and/or other reagents as required in the performance of the methods of the invention such as PCR or other nucleic acid amplification techniques.

The kits may be fragmented kits or combined kits as defined herein.

Fragmented kits comprise reagents that are housed in separate containers, and may include small glass containers, plastic containers or strips of plastic or paper. Such containers may allow the efficient transfer of reagents from one compartment to another compartment whilst avoiding cross-contamination of the samples and reagents, and the addition of agents or solutions of each container from one compartment to another in a quantitative fashion. Such kits may also include a container which will accept the test sample, a container which contains the reagents used in the assay, containers which contain wash reagents, and containers which contain a detection reagent.

Combined kits comprise all of the components of a reaction assay in a single container (e.g. in a single box housing each of the desired components).

A kit of the present invention may also include instructions for using the kit components to conduct the appropriate methods. Kits and methods of the invention may be used in conjunction with automated analysis equipment and systems, for example, including but not limited to, real time PCR machines.

For application to amplification, detection, identification or quantitation of different targets, a single kit of the invention may be applicable, or alternatively different kits, for example containing reagents specific for each target, may be required. Methods and kits of the present invention find application in any circumstance in which it is desirable to detect, identify or quantitate any entity.

It will be appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art that numerous variations and/or modifications can be made to the present invention as disclosed in the specific embodiments without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention as broadly described. The present embodiments are, therefore, to be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive.

EXAMPLES

The present invention will now be described with reference to the following specific examples, which should not be construed as in any way limiting.

Example 1 Use of MNAzymes to Detect Sequence Inserted into Amplicons Via PASS Primers

The PASS PCR strategy involves a primer which has a region containing a unique sequence that is not complementary to the target sequence of interest. The unique sequence (US) present in the PASS primer may be either looped out or planar when the PASS primer binds the target (FIG. 1).

In this example, PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby the MNAzyme comprises a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence of interest while the second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme to amplified target sequence of interest. The point at which partzyme A binds directly adjacent to partzyme B on the target sequence of interest is referred to as the partzyme junction. Formation of active MNAzymes from partzyme components results in the cleavage of the universal probe labeled with fluorophore and quencher dye pair, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

Primers and partzymes were designed to determine if various scenarios of overlap between the S2 domain of the PASS primer (FIG. 1) and the complementary partzyme sequence were compatible with detection of the CCB gene. This resulted in the 3′ end of the PASS primer binding either 5 bases from the partzyme junction, 3 bases from the partzyme junction or at the partzyme junction. PASS primers and non-PASS “standard” primers were designed for each scenario.

1.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the CCB gene and/or any cUS introduced into the amplicon via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined hybridise to the cUS and contain the US, insert 2 (i2). The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme A CCBA/72-P: SEQ ID NO: 1 ATGGTCATCTCCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGCGTGAT partzyme B CCBB/72-P: SEQ ID NO: 2 CTGGGAGGAGAGGCTAGCTGGTCCATGGCTTCTGGGTA partzyme A CCB_1i2A/72-P: SEQ ID NO: 3 AGACATACTA CTCCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGCGTGAT partzyme A CCB_2i2A/72-P: SEQ ID NO: 4 AGACATACTA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGCGTGAT partzyme A CCB_3i2A/72-P: SEQ ID NO: 5 ATG AGACATACTA GAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGCGTGAT 1.2. Reporter Substrate

The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence written 5′ to 3′. In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored at 530 nm (FAM emission wavelength) with excitation at 485 nm (FAM excitation wavelength). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub72-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 6 ATCACGCCTCguCTCCTCCCAG 1.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of CCB DNA

The target sequence for this example was generated by in vitro amplification of human genomic DNA (gDNA) using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed such that the US loops out on binding of the primer to the target are called “Loop”. PASS primers where the US does not loop out on binding of the primer to the target are called “Planar”. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the US.

Reverse primer 3CCB: SEQ ID NO: 7 CTCAGGAATTTCCCAGCTAC Forward primer 5CCB: SEQ ID NO: 8 GTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGATG Forward primer 5CCB_1: SEQ ID NO: 9 CTTGGATGGTCATCTCCAGA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_1i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 10 AGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATAGACATACTACTCCAGA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_1i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 11 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTAGACATACTACTCCAGA Forward primer 5CCB_2: SEQ ID NO: 12 GGATGGTCATCTCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 13 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 14 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward primer 5CCB_3: SEQ ID NO: 15 TGGTCATCTCCAGAGCCCA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_3i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 16 CTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTCCAAGACATACTAGAGCCCA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_3i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 17 GTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGAGACATACTAGAGCCCA 1.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega) was used as template for amplification of the CCB gene.

1.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a Mx3005p (Stratagene). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer, 100 nM partzyme A (the combinations as listed in Table 1), 200 nM of reverse primer (3CCB), 200 nM partzyme B (CCBB/72-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub72-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAse Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (nuclease free H₂O (NF H₂O)).

TABLE 1 Forward primer and partzyme A combinations Reaction type Contents Forward Primer Partzyme A (i) 3′ end of forward primer is 5 bases from partzyme junction 1_Positive control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_1 CCBA/72-P matched partzyme A 1_Negative control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_1 CCB_1i2A/72-P US containing partzyme A 1_Test 1 Loop Loop PASS primer with matched 5CCB_1i2Loop partzyme A 1_Test 2 Planar Planar PASS primer with matched 5CCB_1i2Planar partzyme A (ii) 3′ end of forward primer is 3 bases from partzyme junction 2_Positive control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_2 CCBA/72-P matched partzyme A 2_Negative control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_2 CCB_2i2A/72-P US containing partzyme A 2_Test 1 Loop Loop PASS primer with matched 5CCB_2i2Loop partzyme A 2_Test 2 Planar Planar PASS primer with matched 5CCB_2i2Planar partzyme A (iii) 3′ end of forward primer is at partzyme junction 3_Positive control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_3 CCBA/72-P matched partzyme A 3_Negative control Standard (non PASS primer) with 5CCB_3 CCB_3i2A/72-P US containing partzyme A 3_Test 1 Loop Loop PASS primer with matched 5CCB_3i2Loop partzyme A 3_Test 2 Planar Planar PASS primer with matched 5CCB_3i2Planar partzyme A 1.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The positive control “standard” forward primers (non-PASS primers i.e. do not contain a US) were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of CCB by MNAzymes binding only to the target sequence of interest. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was human gDNA amplified via PCR (FIG. 4 (i)-(iii), Positive Control). The fluorescence of the no-DNA target control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions and did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

When the forward primer was a PASS primer and the partzyme A bound to both the cUS and the target specific sequence, an increase in fluorescence was seen over time (FIG. 4 (i)-(iii), Test 1 & Test 2). Further, the signal was similar to the Positive Control for reactions containing both the Loop and Planar type of PASS primer. There was a slight delay in signal generation observed for reactions where the PASS primer started at the partzyme junction when the Planar PASS primer was used compared to the standard non-PASS and Loop PASS primer (FIG. 4 (iii) Test 2 Planar).

The fluorescence of the negative control reactions, containing standard non-PASS forward primer (i.e. normal primers) and partzyme A containing both the US and the target specific sequence, was lower than the Test 1, Test 2 and Positive Control reactions and did not cross the threshold in reactions show in panels (i) and (iii) of FIG. 4. However the Negative Control in the reaction shown in Panel (ii) of FIG. 4 shows a slight increase in fluorescence above the threshold. This is not unexpected as there is some homology between the US in the partzyme arm and the CCB target sequence amplified for this design, and this homology may stabilise the partzyme arm enough for the MNAzyme to form albeit inefficiently.

All scenarios of overlap between the partzyme A and the S2 domain of the PASS primer were well tolerated with strong signal seen for Test 1 and Test 2 (FIG. 4 (i)-(iii)).

These results indicate that a US can be inserted into PCR amplicons via PASS primers (by a loop or a Planar PASS type primer) and these amplicons can be subsequently detected with MNAzymes, and that overlap between S2 of the PASS primer and the partzyme A are well tolerated.

Example 2 Use of PASS Primers Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Bases Changes in Sequence

PASS primers can be designed to discriminate between two sequences that vary by a single base, such that the target-specific 3′ end (S2) contains the variant base (FIG. 2 (i) and (ii) top) and may also contain a mismatch base located 5′ of the variant base (FIG. 2 (i) and (ii) bottom). Further the US can be different for each variant adding another level of selectivity and specificity (FIG. 3).

In this example, the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V is assayed against the wild type KRAS sequence, G12. The variant base for the wild type on codon 12 (G12; GGT) is the G at position 2 and for the mutant (G12V; GTT) the variant base is a T at position 2 of codon 12. PASS primers containing either a loop or planar US were designed to be specific for either the G12V or the G12 sequence. The variant base was located in S2 either at the 3′ end (FIG. 7, Design 1) or three bases from the 3′ end (FIG. 7, Design 2). Design 1 and 2 were compared to Designs 3 and 4 which also had a mismatch (M) inserted two bases 5′ of the variant base, respectively (FIG. 7, Designs 3 and Design 4). A different US is inserted into the PASS primer for the wild type (US1) compared to the variant (US2).

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR, whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS), as well as amplified target sequence that is tailored for each variant base (wild type or mutant, with or without mismatch) (FIG. 7). The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers and partzymes were designed to determine if the various scenarios were specific for the variant bases of the KRAS, wild type G12 or point mutation G12V.

2.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the wild type G12 or mutant G12V alleles of the KRAS gene plus any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences (wild type insert i1 and variant insert i2) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. Some partzyme A's have a longer (L) 3′ target specific region. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12_i1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 19 CACAATCAGT GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12_Mi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 20 CACAATCAGT GAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12_LMi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 21 CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_i2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 22 AGACATACTA GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_Mi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 23 AGACATACTA GAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 2.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 2.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of the KRAS gene in human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers were designed so that the forward primer, specific for the wild type contained US, insert 1 (i1) and the forward primer specific for the mutant contained US, insert 2 (i2). Some forward primers have a longer (L) 3′ target specific region. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 27 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 28 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_2i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 29 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G TG Forward PASS primer 5G12_2i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 30 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G TG Forward PASS primer 5G12_LM3i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 31 TGATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G G Forward PASS primer 5G12_LM3i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 32 CTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G G Forward PASS primer 5G12_M4i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 33 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CACAATCAGT GAGC A G G TG Forward PASS primer 5G12_M4i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 34 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CACAATCAGT GAGC A G G TG Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 35 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG AGACATACTA GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 36 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT AGACATACTA GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_2i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 37 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG AGACATACTA GAGCTG T TG Forward PASS primer 5G12V_2i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 38 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT AGACATACTA GAGCTG T TG Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 39 TGATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTAT GGAGC C G T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 40 CTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTAT GGAGC C G T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_M4i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 41 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG AGACATACTA GAGC C G T TG Forward PASS primer 5G12V_M4i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 42 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT AGACATACT AGAGC C G T TG 2.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type KRAS gene and gDNA extracted from the SW620 cell line was used for in vitro amplification of KRAS containing the point mutation G12V.

2.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C.). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 2), 200 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either K562 or SW620 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 2 Primer/partzyme combinations for wild type and mutant. Design Forward Primer Partzyme A Template Reaction type G12 (Wild type systems) Design 1 5G12_1i1Loop G12_i1A/55-P K562 Test Variant (wild type) SW620 Negative control base at end H₂0 No template 5G12_1i1Planar K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 2 5G12_2i1Loop K562 Test Variant (wild type) SW620 Negative control base 3rd from 3′ end H₂0 No template 5G12_2i1Planar K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 3 5G12_LM3i1Loop G12_LMi1A/55-P K562 Test Variant (wild type) SW620 Negative control base at end H₂0 No template & mismatch 2 bases 5G12_LM3i1Planar K562 Test 5′ of variant SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 4 5G12_M4i1Loop G12_Mi1A/55-P K562 Test Variant (wild type) SW620 Negative control base 3rd from 3′ end H₂0 No template & mismatch 2 bases 5G12_M4i1Planar K562 Test 5′ of variant SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template G12V (mutant systems) Design 1 5G12V_1i2Loop G12V_i2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base K562 Negative control at end H₂0 No template 5G12V_1i2Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 2 5G12V_2i2Loop SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base K562 Negative control 3rd from 3′ end H₂0 No template 5G12V_2i2Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 3 5G12V_LM3i2Loop G12V_LMi2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base K562 Negative control at end & mismatch 2 H₂0 No template bases 5′ of variant 5G12V_LM3i2Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template Design 4 5G12V_M4i2Loop G12V_Mi2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base K562 Negative control 3rd from 3′ end & H₂0 No template mismatch 2 bases 5′ 5G12V_M4i2Planar SW620 Test of variant K562 Negative control H₂0 No template 2.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The forward PASS primers and the partzyme As specific for either the G12 and cUS1, or G12V and cUS2, amplified and detected the specific KRAS alleles resulting in an increase in fluorescence over time which reached the threshold Ct values as shown in Table 3. In reactions containing wild type G12 primer/partzyme Design 1 (Planar and Loop), Design 3 (Planar and Loop), and Design 4 (Planar) the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (K562) indicated successful amplification and detection of the wild type KRAS allele in K562, whereas the lack of signal for the Negative Control (SW620) indicated the mutant allele is not detected with these systems. These systems allow complete discrimination between wild type and mutant KRAS in gDNA. Reactions containing wild type G12 primer/partzyme Design 2 (Planar and Loop), and Design 4 (Loop) the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (K562) indicated successful amplification and detection of the wild type KRAS allele in K562. The signal for the Negative Control (SW620) reached threshold Ct values as shown in Table 3 indicating that some background signal was produced when mutant template was used, however, the ΔCt values were sufficiently high to allow clear discrimination of wild type and mutant sequences.

In reactions containing G12V primer/partzyme Designs 3 (Loop), the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (SW620) indicated successful amplification and detection of the mutant KRAS allele in SW620, whereas the lack of signal for the Negative Control (K562) indicated the wild type allele is not detected with this system. This system allowed complete discrimination between mutant and wild type KRAS in gDNA. Reactions containing mutant G12V primer/partzyme Designs 1, 2 and 4 (Planar and Loop) and Designs 3 (Planar), the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (SW620) indicated successful amplification and detection of the mutant KRAS allele in SW620. The signal for the Negative Control (K562) reached threshold Ct values as shown in Table 3 indicating that some background signal was produced when wild type template was used, however, the ΔCt values were sufficiently high to allow clear discrimination of mutant and wild type sequences.

In all systems no amplification was observed in the No Template Controls which lacked gDNA.

These results indicate that a US can be inserted into PCR amplicons via PASS primers (by a Loop or a Planar PASS type primer) and these amplicons can be subsequently detected with MNAzymes. The partzymes specifically detect amplicons containing the variant base and accompanying inserted Unique Sequence.

TABLE 3 Ct values for wild type (variant G) and mutant (variant T) combinations Target Design US inserted Reaction type Ct (ave) ΔCt G12 Design 1 Loop Test 25.0 >15.0 Wild type Variant (wild type) base at Negative control No Ct end No template Planar Test 24.3 >15.7 Negative control No Ct No template Design 2 Loop Test 21.8 6.7 Variant (wild type) base 3rd Negative control 28.5 from 3′ end No template No Ct Planar Test 21.5 6.1 Negative control 27.6 No template No Ct Design 3 Loop Test 24.6 >15.4 Variant (wild type) base at Negative control No Ct end; Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of No template variant Planar Test 20.8 >19.2 Negative control No Ct No template Design 4 Loop Test 24.7 12.9 Variant (wild type) base 3rd Negative control 37.6 from 3′ end; Mismatch 2 No template No Ct bases 5′ of variant Planar Test 24.8 >15.2 Negative control No Ct No template G12V Design 1 Loop Test 22.9 14.0 mutant Variant (mutant) base at end Negative control 36.9 No template No Ct Planar Test 22.6 13.7 Negative control 36.4 No template No Ct Design 2 Loop Test 20.0 7.1 Variant (mutant) base 3rd Negative control 27.1 from 3′ end No template No Ct Planar Test 20.0 6.6 Negative control 26.6 No template No Ct Design 3 Loop Test 25.3 >14.7 Variant (mutant) base at end; Negative control No Ct Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of No template No Ct variant Planar Test 22.8 13.9 Negative control 36.7 No template No Ct Design 4 Loop Test 25.0 10.4 Variant (mutant) base 3rd Negative control 35.4 from 3′ end; Mismatch 2 No template No Ct bases 5′ of variant Planar Test 24.3 12.1 Negative control 36.5 No template No Ct N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

Example 3 Comparing the Specificity of PASS Primers to Wobble-Enhanced ARMS Primers Both Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Bases Changes in Sequence

In this example, the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V is assayed against the wild type KRAS sequence, G12. Planar PASS primers were designed to be specific for either the G12V or the G12 sequence. The variant base (G for wild type and T for mutant) was located in the 3′ target specific region (S2), at the 3′ end and a mismatch was inserted 2 bases 5′ of the variant base (FIG. 7, Design 3). A different US is contained in the PASS primer for the wild type (US1) and the mutant (US2) sequences. These PASS primers were compared to wobble-enhanced ARMS (WE-ARMS) primers (see Hamfjord et al, (2011), “Wobble-enhanced ARMS Method for Detection of KRAS and BRAF Mutations”, Diagn Mol Pathol; 20:158-165), whereby primers are designed that are sequence-specific for G12V or G12 plus they contain an introduced mismatch with respect to both alleles to help discriminate between the KRAS sequences that differ by a single base. For the WE-ARMS primers used in this example, the variant (mutant or wild type) base is located at the 3′ end and a mismatch is inserted 2 bases 5′ of the variant base.

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the, unique sequence (cUS), variant base (wild type or mutant) and mismatched base as well as amplified target sequence. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest. The WE-ARMS primers were combined with MNAzymes whereby a first partzyme binds to the amplified target sequence and the complement of the, variant base (wild type or mutant) and mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers were compared to WE-ARMS primers for capacity to discriminate the single base change between target G12 and G12V.

3.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the G12 or G12V sequence and any mismatch introduced via a primer and cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences (wild type insert i1 and variant insert i2) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. Some partzyme A's have a longer (L) 3′ target specific region. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases (wild type or mutant) and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12_LMi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 21 CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTAT GGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 43 TGGTAGTTGGAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 44 TGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 3.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 3.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the G12 specific forward primers contain US insert 1 (i1), and the G12V specific forward primers contain US insert 2 (i2). Some forward primers have a longer (L) target specific region. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12_LM3i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 32 CTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G G Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 40 CTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G T Forward WE-ARMS primer 5G12_M: SEQ ID NO: 45 TTGTGGTAGTTGGAGC A G G Forward WE-ARMS primer 5G12V_M: SEQ ID NO: 46 CTTGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G T 3.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type gene and gDNA extracted from the SW620 cell line was used for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V.

3.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 4), 200 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either K562 or SW620 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 4 primer/partzyme combinations for wild type and variant Design Forward Primer Partzyme A Template Reaction type G12 Design 3 5G12_LM3i1Planar G12_LMi1A/55-P K562 Test Variant wild type base at end SW620 Negative control Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant H₂0 No template WE-ARMS 5G12_M G12_MA/55-P K562 Test Variant base wild type at end SW620 Negative control Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant H₂0 No template Cross reactivity control 5G12_LM3i1Planar G12V_LMi2A/55-P K562 Test Wild type PASS primer with SW620 Negative control variant partzyme A H₂0 No template G12V Design 3 5G12V_LM3i2Planar G12V_LMi2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base at end K562 Negative control Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant H₂0 No template WE-ARMS 5G12V_M G12V_MA/55-P SW620 Test Variant (mutant) base at end K562 Negative control Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant H₂0 No template Cross reactivity control 5G12V_LM3i2Planar G12_LMi1A/55-P SW620 Test Variant PASS primer with K562 Negative control wild type partzyme A H₂0 No template 3.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification using PASS primers and WE-ARMS primers followed by detection using primer-specific partzymes are shown in Table 5.

TABLE 5 Ct values for G12 and G12V combinations Target Design US inserted Reaction type Ct(Ave) ΔCt G12 PASS Design 3 Planar Test 22.3 >17.7 Variant wild type base at end Negative control No Ct Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant No template WE-ARMS n/a Test 28.3 >11.7 Variant wild type base at end Negative control No Ct Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant No template Cross reactivity Planar Test No Ct n/a G12 PASS primer with G12V Negative control partzyme No template G12V PASS Design 3 Planar Test 24.0  15.4 Variant mutant base at end Negative control  39.4{circumflex over ( )} Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant No template No Ct WE-ARMS n/a Test 21.6  14.8 Variant mutant base at end Negative control 36.4 Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant No template No Ct Cross reactivity Planar Test No Ct n/a G12V PASS primer with G12 Negative control partzyme No template {circumflex over ( )}Only one of 2 replicates produced a signal, therefore the final cycle number of 40 was used to average Ct value. N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

The PASS primer matched to the wild type variant amplified the G12 allele in Test K562 DNA and this was detected by the MNAzyme containing a partzyme A matched to wild type amplicon and US1. This wild type PASS primer/partzyme system was specific for wild type allele and no signal was generated when Negative Control template (SW620) was used. No cross reactivity was seen when partzyme A specific for the variant mutant and US2 were used in conjunction with the wild type PASS primer.

The WE-ARMS primer matched to the wild type variant amplified the G12 allele in Test K562 DNA which was detected by the MNAzyme containing a partzyme A matched to wild type amplicon. This wild type ARMS primer/partzyme system was specific for wild type allele and no signal was generated when Negative Control template (SW620) was used.

The PASS primer matched to the mutant variant amplified the G12V allele in Test SW620 DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to mutant amplicon and US2. This mutant PASS primer/partzyme system preferentially amplified and detected the mutant allele and signal was only generated late in the reaction when Negative Control template (K562) was used. The difference in Ct between mutant SW620 and wild type K562 DNA was greater than 15 cycles (Table 5), demonstrating PASS primer and matching partzyme As allow discrimination between mutant and wild type alleles. No cross reactivity was seen when partzymes specific for the variant wild type and US1 were used in conjunction with the mutant PASS primer.

The WE-ARMS primer matched to the mutant variant amplified the G12V allele in Test SW620 DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to mutant amplicon. This mutant WE-ARMS primer/partzyme system preferentially amplified and detected the mutant allele and signal was only generated late in the reaction when Negative Control template (K562) was used. The difference in Ct between mutant SW620 and wild type K562 DNA was greater than 14 cycles (Table 5), demonstrating ARMS primer and matching partzymes allow discrimination between mutant and wild type alleles.

No amplification was detected using any primer/partzyme pair when no template (no DNA) was added.

The data in this example demonstrates the capacity of PASS primers to perform in a manner similar or superior to an alternative technology for detection of single base changes (ARMS) which is well known in the art.

Example 4 Comparing the Sensitivity of PASS Primers to Wobble-Enhanced ARMS (WE-ARMS) Primers Both Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Bases Changes in a Sequence

In this example, the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V is assayed using serial dilutions of the G12V template in a background of wild type KRAS template. Dilutions of 1 in 10, 100 and 1000 of G12V in a background of wild type were tested.

The design 3 (FIG. 7) planar PASS primers are used for the amplification of G12V sequence. This was compared to the G12V WE-ARMS primers. The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence containing the complement of, the variant (mutant) base and the mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within amplified target sequence of interest. The WE-ARMS primers are combined with MNAzymes whereby a first partzyme binds to amplified target sequence containing the complement of the variant (mutant) base and the mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers were compared to WE-ARMS primers to investigate the efficiency, linearity and sensitivity of each strategy.

4.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the G12V sequence and any mismatch introduced via a primer as well as cUS in the case of the PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the US (insert i2) which is mismatched with respect to the starting template. Some partzyme A's have a longer (L) target specific region. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant (mutant) bases and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 44 TGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 4.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate were end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 4.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the US (insert i2) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 40 CTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G T Forward WE-ARMS primer 5G12V_M: SEQ ID NO: 46 CTTGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G T 4.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the SW620 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. A calibration curve was made by serially diluting SW620 gDNA in a constant background of the wild type gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line.

4.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Quantitation of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and quantitation of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 6), 200 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either SW620 gDNA template (50 ng), SW620 gDNA template diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of K562 gDNA template (50 ng), K562 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 6 Primer/partzyme combinations for the variant assays Design Forward Primer Partzyme A PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2Planar G12V_LMi2A/55-P WE-ARMS primer 5G12V_M G12V_MA/55-P 4.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS and WE-ARMS forward primers were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of the KRAS point mutation (G12V). MNAzymes were designed to be specific for the specific PASS or ARMS primers used to detect the mutant sequence. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the reaction contained target sequence specific for G12V (Table 7).

The SW620 gDNA template, containing the G12V mutation, was serially diluted 10-fold in a background of K562 template which contains the wild type (G12) sequence. The serial dilutions of gDNA were amplified with either a PASS or WE-ARMS forward primer. Standard curves were generated for both PASS and WE-ARMS primers by plotting the log of the gDNA concentration against the threshold cycle (Ct) resulting in a linear plot. The average Ct values of each dilution series are shown in Table 7. The correlation coefficient (R²), and reaction efficiency for each target are also shown in Table 7. The linearity of both primers is comparable whereas the PASS primer has a greater efficiency (103%) than the WE-ARMS primer (78%). Optimal efficiencies should fall within the range of 90 to 110%.

Both primers sets were able to detect the G12V sequence when diluted 1 in 1000 in a background of G12. For the WE-ARMS primer the signal of the negative control K562 template was only 1.3 Cts behind the Ct of the sample diluted 1 in 1000 (SW620 in K562 DNA), whereas PASS primers produced a signal that was 4.8 Cts behind the Ct of the sample diluted 1 in 1000 (Table 7) indicating a greater specificity of this PASS primer/partzyme system for G12V mutant DNA than observed with this ARMS system.

The fluorescence of the no template control did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

TABLE 7 Ct values for G12V PASS vs. WE-ARMS primer Template PASS primer WE-ARMS primer Ct (Ave) 50 ng SW620 24.7 22.2 1 in 10 28.2 26.6 1 in 100 31.2 30.9 1 in 1000 34.6 34.1 50 ng K562  39.4{circumflex over ( )} 35.4 NTC No Ct No Ct ΔCt 50 ng SW620 to K562 14.7 13.2 1 in 1000 to K562  4.8 1.3 Standard Efficiency 103% 78% curve Linearity (R²)   0.990 0.993 {circumflex over ( )}Only one of 2 replicates produced a signal, therefore the final cycle number of 40 was used to average Ct value.

Example 5 Multiplexing Wild Type and Mutant Alleles of KRAS Codon 12 Using PASS Primers Combined with MNAzyme Detection to Discriminate Single Base Changes in Each Sequence

The KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V differs from the wild type (G12) by one nucleotide. This example combines the detection of the wild type G12 and mutant G12V alleles in a multiplex reaction. Templates for the assay included serial dilutions of G12V template (SW480 DNA) in a background of G12 template (K562 DNA) at ratios of 1 in 10, 100 and 1000; or G12 template (K562 DNA) in a background of G12V template (SW480 DNA) at ratios of 1 in 10, 100 and 1000.

A planar PASS primer based on design 3 (FIG. 7) was used for the specific amplification of G12 sequence and a Loop PASS primer based on design 3 (FIG. 7) was used for the specific amplification of G12V sequence. A different US is inserted into the PASS primer for the wild type (US1) verse the mutant (US2). The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby the MNAzyme for the detection of the G12 amplicon comprises a first partzyme that binds to the complement of, the unique sequence 1 (cUS1), the wild type variant base, and the additional mismatch base as well as amplified target sequence. The MNAzyme for the detection of the G12V amplicon comprises a first partzyme that binds to the complement of, the unique sequence 2 (cUS2), the mutant variant base, and the additional mismatch base as well as amplified target sequence. The two “first partzymes” bind to different partial substrate sequences labelled with different fluorophores to enable monitoring of the accumulation of wild type and mutant amplicons separately. The second partzyme for both the G12 and G12V binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest; this partzyme is identical for both the G12 and G12V MNAzymes, binding to the same partial substrate sequence for both.

The use of PASS primers in a multiplex reaction combining the simultaneous amplification and detection of a wild type (G12) and a mutant (G12V) sequences was investigated to determine the effect on sensitivity and specificity of each assay.

5.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzyme A was designed to specifically target the G12V or G12 sequence and any mismatch and cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant mutant or wild type bases and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12_LMi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 21 CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/6-P: SEQ ID NO: 47 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGCGTGAT 5.2. Reporter Substrates

The reporter substrates for this example are shown below with the sequences written 5′ to 3′. In the current example, the Sub55 was end labelled with a Quasar 670 moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “Q670” in the name of the substrate below) and a Black Hole Quencher® 2 moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “B2” in the name of the substrate below) and was designated Sub55-Q670B2. Cleavage of the Sub55-Q670B2 was monitored between 675-690 nm (Quasar 670 emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 620-650 nm (Quasar 670 excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The Sub6_55 was end labelled with a FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below, and was designated Sub6_55-FIB. Cleavage of the Sub6_55-FIB was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). These substrates have one arm which is common to both (3′ of the RNA bases) and this binds to the partzyme which is common to both MNAzymes. The second substrate arm (5′ of the RNA bases) binds specific to the partzyme which detects the sequences derived from amplification by either the wild type or mutant PASS primers. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrates for this example are shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′

Substrate Sub55-Q670B2: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC Substrate Sub6_55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 48 ATCACGCCTCguCCCCAGCTC 5.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

The target sequence for this example was generated by in vitro amplification of human gDNA using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences (G12 inset i1 and G12V insert i2) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12_LM3i1LPlanar: SEQ ID NO: 49 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC CACAATCAGT TGGAGC A G G Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2LLoop: SEQ ID NO: 50 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G T 5.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type KRAS G12. A calibration curve was made by serially diluting K562 in a constant background of the mutant gDNA, SW480. Human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. A calibration curve was made by serially diluting SW480 gDNA in a constant background of the wild type gDNA, K562.

5.5. Reaction Components: Multiplex Amplification and Quantitation of Target Sequences

Real-time amplification and quantitation of the target sequences was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). Reactions were run in duplicate or quadruplicate and contained 40 nM each of forward primer (5G12_LM3i1LPlanar and 5G12V_LM3i2LLoop), 100 nM of each partzyme A (G12_LMi1A/55-P and G12V_LMi2A/6-P) and 200 nM of each substrate (Sub6_55-FIB and Sub55-Q670B2). As well as 400 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 400 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either SW480 or K562 gDNA template (50 ng) or SW480 gDNA template diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of K562 gDNA template (50 ng) or K562 gDNA template diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of SW480 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

5.6. Results: Multiplex Amplification of Targets and Cleavage of Reporter Substrates

The amplification and detection of G12 and G12V occurred simultaneously using PASS primers and Partzymes A specific for each in allele. DNA samples were serially diluted 10-fold as either SW480 (G12V) in a background of K562 (G12) or K562 (G12) in a background of SW480 (G12V). The Ct values shown in Table 8 are an average of the results for duplicate (n=2) or quadruplicate reactions (n=4).

Both PASS primer sets for either G12 or G12V were sensitive, detecting the specific sequence when diluted 1 in 1000 in a background of the other template. The multiplex assays was highly specific with no signal produced in the negative control reactions for both the wild type and variant (when only template specific for G12V (SW480) or G12 (K562) respectively was present (Table 8).

The fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions for all combinations tested and did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

TABLE 8 Ct values for wild type (G12) and variant (G12V) PASS primer multiplex G12 G12V Template (Q670) (FAM) G12V template 1 in 10 (SW480 in K562) (n = 2) 21.1 27.9 diluted in a 1 in 100 (SW480 in K562) (n = 2) 20.9 33.9 background of 1 in 1000 (SW480 in K562) (n = 2) 20.8 40.1 G12 G12 template 1 in 10 (K562 in SW480) (n = 2) 24.7 22.4 diluted in a 1 in 100 (K562 in SW480) (n = 2) 29.3 22.2 background of 1 in 1000 (K562 in SW480) (n = 2) 36.8 22.1 G12V Control 50 ng K562 (n = 4) 20.8 No Ct reactions 50 ng SW620 (n = 4) No Ct 22.5 NTC (n = 4) No Ct No Ct

This example demonstrates the use of multiple unique sequences in a multiplex reaction. This results in generation of amplicons which contain a very different sequence in the region bound by partzyme A even though the original template only contained a single base difference. The PASS primer/matching partzyme strategy allows a greater level of multiplexing since the strategy greatly increases the difference in sequence of amplicons from closely related targets.

Example 6 Comparing Different Unique Sequence Inserts in PASS Primers and Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Base Changes in Sequence

PASS primers can be designed to discriminate between two sequences that vary by a single base, such that the target-specific 3′ end (S2) contains the variant base (FIG. 2 (i) and (ii) top). Further the US can be different for each variant adding another level of selectivity and specificity (FIG. 3).

In this example, three different unique sequences were inserted into the PASS primer for both the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V and the wild type KRAS sequence, G12. PASS primers containing the US in either a loop or planar formation were designed to be specific for either the G12V or the G12 sequence and the specific primers also contained the US insert, i1, i2, i3 or i3a. The variant base for both the mutant and the wild type was located in S2 at the 3′ end (FIG. 7 Design 1).

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence that is tailored for each variant base (wild type or mutant). The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers and partzymes were designed for each US to determine if the various scenarios improved reaction efficiency and specificity for the KRAS wild type G12 or point mutation G12V.

6.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the wild type G12 or mutant G12V alleles of the KRAS gene plus any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences (inserts i1, i2 or i3) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12_i1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 19 CACAATCAGT GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12_i2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 51 AGACATACTA GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12_i3A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 52 CGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_i1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 53 CACAATCAGT GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_i2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 22 AGACATACTA GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_i3A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 54 CGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 6.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 6.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of the KRAS gene in human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the forward primer, specific for the wild type contained US inserts, i1, i2 i3 or i3a and the forward primer specific for the mutant contained US inserts, i1, i2 or i3. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template and bases bold and underlined are the variant base. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 27 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 28 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CACAATCAGT GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 55 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG AGACATACTA GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 56 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT AGACATACTA GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i3Loop: SEQ ID NO: 57 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12_1i3aPlanar: SEQ ID NO: 58 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT ACGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG G Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 59 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CACAATCAGT GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i1Planar: SEQ ID NO: 60 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CACAATCAGT GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 35 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG AGACATACTA GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 36 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT AGACATACTA GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i3Loop: SEQ ID NO: 61 ATATAAACTTGTGGTAGTTG CGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG T Forward PASS primer 5G12V_1i3Planar: SEQ ID NO: 62 GAAAATGACTGAATATAAACTT CGTTGGCTAC GAGCTG T 6.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type KRAS gene and human gDNA extracted from the SW620 cell line was used for in vitro amplification of KRAS containing the point mutation G12V.

6.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C.). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 9), 200 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafeRNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either K562 or SW620 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 9 Primer and partzyme combinations for wild type and mutant Unique Target sequence Forward Primer Partzyme A Template Reaction type Wild type Insert 1 5G12_1i1Loop G12_i1A/55-P K562 Test G12 SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12_1i1Planar K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Insert 2 5G12_1i2Loop G12_i2A/55-P K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12_1i2Planar K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Insert 3 or 5G12_1i3Loop G12_i3A/55-P K562 Test 3a SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12_1i3aPlanar K562 Test SW620 Negative control H₂0 No template Mutant Insert 1 5G12V_1i1Loop G12V_i1A/55-P SW620 Test G12V K562 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12V_1i1Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template Insert 2 5G12V_1i2Loop G12V_i2A/55-P SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12V_1i2Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template Insert 3 5G12V_1i3Loop G12V_i3A/55-P SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template 5G12V_1i3Planar SW620 Test K562 Negative control H₂0 No template 6.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

PASS primers containing different US were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection of the KRAS wild type and point mutation (G12V). This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was Test human gDNA (K562 and SW620 respectively) amplified via PCR. The fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions and did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

In reactions containing wild type G12 PASS primer (Planar or Loop) comprising US inserts, i1, i2, i3 (Loop) or i3a (Planar), the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (K562) indicated successful amplification and detection of the wild type KRAS allele in K562, whereas the lack of signal for the Negative Control (SW620) indicated the mutant allele is not detected with these systems. The PASS primer assays (Loop and Planar) containing US inserts, i3 or i3a had a lower Ct than for US inserts, i1 and i2 (Table 10).

TABLE 10 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme combinations for wild type and mutant assays Target Design US inserted Reaction type Ct (ave) ΔCt from Test Wild type Insert 1 Loop Test 24.8 n/a G12 Negative control No Ct No template Planar Test 24.1 n/a Negative control No Ct No template Insert 2 Loop Test 25.4 n/a Negative control No Ct No template Planar Test 26.6 n/a Negative control No Ct No template Insert 3 or 3a Loop Test 22.7 n/a Negative control No Ct No template Planar Test 23.7 n/a Negative control No Ct No template Mutant Insert 1 Loop Test 21.5 12.6 G12V Negative control 34.1 No template No Ct Planar Test 21.5 11.2 Negative control 32.7 No template No Ct Insert 2 Loop Test 22.7 13.5 Negative control 36.2 No template No Ct Planar Test 22.5 13.9 Negative control 36.4 No template No Ct Insert 3 Loop Test 20.8 12.7 Negative control 33.5 No template No Ct Planar Test 21.0 12.8 Negative control 33.8 No template No Ct

In reactions containing G12V PASS primer (Planar or Loop) comprising US inserts, i1, i2 or i3, the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (SW620) indicated successful amplification and detection of the mutant KRAS allele in SW620. The signal for the Negative Control (K562) reached threshold Ct values as shown in Table 10 indicating that some background signal was produced when wild type template was used, however, the ΔCt values were sufficiently high to allow clear discrimination of mutant and wild type sequences. The PASS primer assays (Loop and Planar) containing US insert i3 had slightly lower Cts than for US inserts, i1 and i2 (Table 10), however the ΔCt was greater with US insert, i2.

Overall, all three US inserts were suitable for analysis of both wild type and mutant KRAS target sequences. There were differences in the results with slightly more variability observed in the wild type assay than for the mutant evident by the greater range of Ct values obtained. For both assays the incorporation of US insert, i3 resulted in lower Ct values while US insert, i2 resulted in higher Ct values. However, the experiment demonstrated that a variety of different unique insert sequences can be used for amplification and detection of the same target, or on different targets. As such, the unique sequences can also be considered as universal unique sequences since they may be incorporated in a vast array of analytical assays.

Example 7 Comparing the Specificity and Sensitivity of a PASS Primer Designed to Amplify the Complement Strand to that Obtained Using a PASS Primer Designed to Amplify the Reverse Complement of KRAS Under Standard and Fast Thermocycling Conditions

In previous examples, the PASS primer designed to specifically amplify the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V targeted the complement strand. This resulted in the PASS primer ending with a thymine (T) and having a T:C mismatch with the wild type KRAS sequence. If the PASS primer is designed to target the reverse strand, the PASS primer would then end with an A changing the mismatch with the wild type to an A:G.

In this example, the assay amplifying the complement strand for G12V used the PASS primer (5G12V_LM3i2Planar, SEQ ID NO. 40) which has been shown to work robustly and specifically in previous examples and this was compared to the assay amplifying the reverse complement strand of G12V (rcG12V) (5rcG12V_LM3i1 Loop, SEQ ID No. 66) which provides a robust and sensitive PASS primer for the amplification of rcG12V. The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence containing the complement of, the variant (mutant) base and the mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within amplified target sequence of interest. Further a fast thermocycling protocol was compared to the standard protocol that had been used in previous experiments to assess any impact on specificity.

PASS primers for the amplification of the complement or reverse complement strands, both of which incorporated the format of design 3 (FIG. 7), were compared using two thermocycling conditions to investigate the efficiency, linearity and sensitivity of each strategy.

7.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the complement or reverse complement (rc) of the G12V sequence and any mismatch and cUS introduced by the PASS primer. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences (G12V insert i2 and rcG12V insert i1) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. The partzyme A's have a longer (L) target specific region. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant (mutant) bases and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme B rcKRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 63 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCTCCAACTACCACAAGTTT partzyme A rcG12V_LMi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 64 ACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 7.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 7.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences (G12V insert i2 and rcG12V insert i1) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS_3: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM4i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 87 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G T Reverse primer 3rcKRAS: SEQ ID NO: 65 TATTAAAAGGTACTGGTGGAGTA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LM3i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 66 CTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTT CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A A 7.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. A calibration curve was made by serially diluting SW480 in a constant background of the wild type gDNA, extracted from the K562 cell line. Human gDNA extracted from the cell lines Calu1, A549, MDA-MB231 and HCT116 were used as negative control template for other KRAS variants G12C, G12S, G13D and G13D respectively.

7.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Quantitation of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and quantitation of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were either;

1) “Standard” thermocyling; 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step) or

2) “Fast” thermocyling; 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 64° C. for 20 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 54° C. for 20 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step).

Reactions were set up with primers and partzymes as in Table 11. Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer, 200 nM of reverse primer, 100 nM of partzyme A, 200 nM of partzyme B, 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either SW480 gDNA template (35 ng) or SW480 gDNA template diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of K562 gDNA template (35 ng) or gDNA of the negative controls, K562, Calu1, A549, MDA-MB231 and HCT-116 (35 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 11 Primer/partzyme combinations for the variant assays Assay Partzyme A Partzyme B Primers G12V G12V_LMi2A/ KRAS_B/ 5G12V_LM4i2Planar 55-P 55-P and 3KRAS rcG12V rcG12V_LMi1A/ rcKRAS_B/ 5rcG12V_LM3i1Loop 55-P 55-P and 3rcKRAS 7.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

For all reactions the fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzymes that then cleaved the universal reporter substrate.

The forward PASS primers designed to amplify either the complement or reverse complement strand were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of the KRAS point mutation G12V. MNAzymes were designed to be specific for either the complement or the reverse complement strand and the associated US introduced by the specific PASS primer used to detect the mutant sequence. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the reaction contained target sequence specific for G12V (Table 12).

TABLE 12 Ct values for G12V vs rcG12V PASS primer assays G12V rcG12V Ct ΔCt from Ct ΔCt from Template (Ave) SW480 (G12V) (Ave) SW480 (G12V) Standard thermocycling SW480 (G12V) 23.1 20.3 1 in 10 26.1 23.7 1 in 100 29.3 27.2 1 in 1000 32.4 30.9 K562 (WT) 35.7 12.6 39.7 19.4 NTC No Ct No Ct — Calu1 (G12C) 34.3 11.3  48.5{circumflex over ( )} 28.2 A549 (G12S) 37.7 14.6 No Ct — MB231 (G13D) 40.8 17.8  42.9{circumflex over ( )} 22.6 HCT116 (G13D) 37.7 14.7 No Ct Efficiency 109% 91.4%   Linearity 0.999 0.992 Fast thermocycling SW480 (G12V) 25.1 22.8 1 in 10 28.2 26.3 1 in 100 31.4 29.5 1 in 1000 34.9 24.5 K562 (WT) 39.6 14.5 45.4 22.6 NTC No Ct — No Ct — Calu1 (G12C) 38.2 13.1 No Ct — A549 (G12S) 41.4 16.3 No Ct — MB231 (G13D) 43.9 18.8 No Ct — HCT116 (G13D) 42.1 16.9  48.1{circumflex over ( )} 25.3 Efficiency 103% 85% Linearity 0.997 0.989 {circumflex over ( )}Only one of 2 replicates produced a signal; Ct value not averaged

The SW480 DNA template, specific for G12V, was serially diluted 10-fold in a background of wild type K562 template. The serial dilutions of DNA were amplified with either the complement or the reverse complement forward PASS primer. Both primers sets were able to detect the G12V sequence when diluted 1 in 1000 in a background of wild type template. Standard curves were generated for both PASS primers by plotting the log of the DNA concentration against the threshold cycle resulting in a linear plot, the Ct of each dilution is shown in Table 12. The Ct values shown in the table are an average of the results for duplicate reactions. The correlation coefficient (R²), and reaction efficiency for each target are also shown in Table 12.

Under standard thermocycling conditions, the difference in Cts (ΔCt) for the PASS primer designed to the complement strand between the top standard (35 ng) and the signal of the negative controls wild type (K562), G12C (Calu1), G12S (A549) and G13D (MDA-MB231 and HCT116), was smaller than for the PASS primer designed to the reverse complement strand (rcG12V). Further some of the negative controls for the rcG12V assay did not produce a Ct value (Table 12). This indicates that the rcG12V PASS primer assay may be more specific under these experimental conditions.

When the Ct values generated under fast thermocycling conditions were compared to the standard thermocycling conditions for both the G12V and rcG12V assays there is an increase in the ΔCts, indicating that the shorter cycling times improve the specificity of both reactions (Table 12) under these experimental conditions. However, for the rcG12V assay faster cycling times reduced the efficiency and linearity of the reaction (Table 12).

The complement and the reverse complement PASS primer assays for the amplification and detection of G12V displayed good sensitivity, detecting down to 1 G12V (˜10 copies) in a background of 1000 wild type (˜10,000 copies) under both standard and fast thermocycling. Overall, the rcG12V assay was more specific than the G12V. Reducing the cycling times decreased the linearity and efficiency of the rcG12V reaction whereas faster cycling times increased the specificity of the G12V assay without impacting the linearity and efficiency.

This example demonstrates that the specificity of an assay for a single base change can be influenced by the strand that the PASS primer binds and amplifies. Further modifying experimental conditions such as cycling times can be used to improve the specificity of the reaction.

Example 8 Investigating the Influence of the Number of Bases not Bound in the Target Sequence Under the Looped Unique Sequence of a PASS Primer

In this example, the reverse complement strand of the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as rcG12V is used to test Loop PASS primers that were designed to contain 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 unbound base gap in the target sequence under the loop between S1 and S2 (in prior examples there was one or no base gap between S1 and S2). Two different designs for rcG12V were used, (i) the variant base “A” was located in the 3′ target specific region (S2) at the 3′ end and S2 had a Tm of 26° C., and a mismatch was inserted 2 bases 5′ of the variant base (FIG. 7, Design 3) and (ii) the variant base “A” was located in the 3′ target specific region (S2), 3 bases from the 3′ end and S2 had a Tm of 20° C., and a mismatch was inserted 2 bases 5′ of the variant base (FIG. 7, Design 4).

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the, unique sequence (cUS), variant base and mismatch base as well as amplified target sequence. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers with different size gaps, between S1 and S2 when they are bound to the target sequence, were compared for their capacity to discriminate the single base change between target G12 and G12V.

8.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target amplicons of the reverse complement of the G12V sequence and any mismatch and cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequence which is mismatched with respect to the starting template. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant base and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B rcKRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 63 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCTCCAACTACCACAAGTTT partzyme A rcG12V_M3i2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 67 AGACATACTA CTACG A CA

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A rcG12V_M4i2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 68 AGACATACTA GC A A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 8.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 8.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the G12V specific forward primers contain US (insert i2). In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base, bases italicised represent an additional mismatched base (M) and the number in brackets after the word Loop indicates the numbers of unbound bases in the target sequence between S1 and S2. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3rcKRAS_2: SEQ ID NO: 69 TACGATACACGTCTGCAGTCA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(1): SEQ ID NO: 70 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTG AGACATACTA CTACG A CA A Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(2): SEQ ID NO: 71 CTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTT AGACATACTA CTACG A CA A Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(3): SEQ ID NO: 72 GCTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCT AGACATACTA CTACG A CA A Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(4): SEQ ID NO: 73 GCTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTC AGACATACTA CTACG A CA A Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(0): SEQ ID NO: 74 GTCAAGGCACTCTTGCCTAC AGACATACTA GC A A A CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(1): SEQ ID NO: 75 CGTCAAGGCACTCTTGCCTA AGACATACTA GC A A A CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(2): SEQ ID NO: 76 TCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGCCT AGACATACTA GC A A A CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(3): SEQ ID NO: 77 ATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGCC AGACATACTA GC A A A CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(4): SEQ ID NO: 78 GTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC AGACATACTA GC A A A CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(5): SEQ ID NO: 79 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTG AGACATACTA GC A A A CA 8.4. Target Sequences

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type gene and human gDNA extracted from the SW620 cell line was used for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V.

8.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 13), 200 nM of reverse primer (3rcKRAS_2), 200 nM partzyme B (rcKRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either K562 or SW620 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 13 Primer/partzyme combinations for variant assays Design Forward Primer Partzyme A Template Reaction type Design 3 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(1) rcG12V_M3i2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(2) K562 Negative control (mutant) base 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(3) at end; 5rcG12V_M3i2Loop(4) H₂0 No template Mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant Design 4 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(0) rcG12V_M4i2A/55-P SW620 Test Variant 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(1) (mutant) base 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(2) K562 Negative control 3^(rd) base from 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(3) 3′end; 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(4) H₂0 No template Mismatch 2 5rcG12V_M4i2Loop(5) bases 5′ of variant 8.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification using PASS primers followed by detection using primer-specific partzymes are shown in Table 14.

TABLE 14 Ct values for rcG12V Loop PASS primer combinations Ct (Ave) Negative No ΔCt (Negative Design Test control template minus Test) PASS Design 3 Variant base at 3′ end; mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant 1 base gap 20.4 No Ct No Ct n/a 2 base gap 21.5 No Ct No Ct n/a 3 base gap 20.4 No Ct No Ct n/a 4 base gap 20.1 No Ct No Ct n/a PASS Design 4 Variant base 3 bases from 3′ end; mismatch 2 bases 5′ of variant 0 base gap 33.5 No Ct No Ct n/a 1 base gap 31.6 No Ct No Ct n/a 2 base gap 32.0 No Ct No Ct n/a 3 base gap 26.6 No Ct No Ct n/a 4 base gap 24.6 37.5{circumflex over ( )} No Ct 12.9 5 base gap 25.3 No Ct No Ct n/a {circumflex over ( )}Only one of 2 replicates produced a signal; Ct not averaged

In all combinations the PASS primer matched to the mutant variant amplified the G12V allele in Test SW620 DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to mutant and US2. No amplification was detected using any primer/partzyme pair when no template (no DNA) was added. This mutant PASS primer/partzyme system preferentially amplified and detected the mutant allele and only one combination produced signal when the Negative Control template (K562) was used (Table 14).

The PASS primer based on design 3 (FIG. 7) with a Tm of 26° C. showed very little difference in amplification of the G12V target sequence when different base gaps (1 to 4) unbound to the target sequence located under the loop region of the PASS primer were compared (Table 14).

The PASS primer based on design 4 (FIG. 7) with a Tm of 20° C. displayed an improved Ct value when a 3, 4 or 5 base gap occurred under the loop region of the PASS primer. However, this also resulted in a signal being detected for the negative control (wild type) reaction, albeit with a ΔCt of 12.9 (Table 14). This may indicate that PASS primers with shorter S2 regions may benefit from the presence of a larger number of base gaps unbound to the target sequence between S1 and S2 under the loop region; whereas PASS primers with an S2 region that is longer and has a higher Tm, the number of base gaps under the loop region between S1 and S2 has little impact.

Overall this experiment combined with previous experiments demonstrates that there can be flexibility of design and that Loop PASS primers can function with various number of unbound bases in the region of the target that lies between the complement of the S1 and S2 regions of the primer.

Example 9 Comparing the Cross Reactivity of PASS Primers to WE-ARMS Primers when Both Primer Types were Combined with MNAzymes in an Assay Designed to Detect Single Base Changes in a Sequence

Amplification of a variant (mutant) sequence with a WE-ARMS primer produces an amplicon that would be different from the wild type sequence by the mutant base and the added mismatched base. In comparison, amplification of a mutant sequence with a PASS primer produces an amplicon that would not only differ from the wild type sequence by the mutant and mismatch base but also the inserted US. When the mutant amplicon amplified by a WE-ARMS primer is detected in real-time by an MNAzyme the partzyme A would only differ from the wild type sequence by the mutant and mismatch base whereas for an amplicon generated by a PASS primer the partzyme A would also contain the US which is different to the original wild type sequence. Further if it was desirable to also amplify and detect the wild type in the same well, a different US could be used compared to the mutant, creating greater sequence diversity and improving the ability of the MNAzyme to discriminate between mutant and wild type amplicons.

In this example, the WE-ARMS and PASS primer systems are tested for any cross reactivity when a primer specific for the mutant is mixed with a partzyme A specific for the wild type and vice versa. This involves amplification of the reverse complement of the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as, rcG12V, and the wild type KRAS sequence, rcG12. PASS primers were designed to be specific for either the rcG12V or the rcG12 sequence. The variant base for the mutant was located in the 3′ target specific region (S2), at the 3′ end, and a mismatch base was inserted 4 bases from the 3′ end. The variant base for the wild type was located 3 bases from the 3′ end with a mismatch base inserted 5 bases from the 3′ end. A different US is contained in the PASS primer for the wild type (insert i4) and the mutant (insert i1) sequences. These PASS primers were compared to wobble-enhanced ARMS (WE-ARMS) primers (see Hamfjord et al, (2011), “Wobble-enhanced ARMS Method for Detection of KRAS and BRAF Mutations”, Diagn Mol Pathol; 20:158-165), whereby primers are designed that are sequence-specific for rcG12V or rcG12 plus they contain an induced mismatch with respect to both alleles to help discriminate between the KRAS sequences that differ by a single base. For the WE-ARMS primers used in this example, the variant (mutant or wild type) base is located at the 3′ end and a mismatch is inserted 5 bases from the 3′ end.

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the, unique sequence (cUS), variant base (wild type or mutant) and mismatched base as well as the amplified target sequence. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest. The WE-ARMS primers were combined with MNAzymes whereby a first partzyme binds to the amplified target sequence containing the complement of the, variant base (wild type or mutant) and mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers were compared to WE-ARMS primers for their capacity to cross react when the primers are mis-matched with partzymes.

9.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the rcG12 or rcG12V sequence and any mismatch introduced via a primer and cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequences (wild type insert i4 and variant insert i1) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. Some partzyme A's have a longer (L) 3′ target specific region. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases (wild type or mutant) and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B rcKRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 63 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCTCCAACTACCACAAGTTT partzyme A rcG12_LMi4A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 80 TCAATACCAT TACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A rcG12V_LMa4i1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 88 ACAATCAGT CCTACG A CA

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A rcG12_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 81 TCTTGCCTACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A rcG12V_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 82 CTCTTGCCTACGC A A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 9.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 9.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the rcG12 specific forward primers contain US insert, i4, and the rcG12V specific forward primers contain US insert, i1. Some forward primers have a longer (L) target specific region. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3rcKRAS_2: SEQ ID NO: 69 TACGATACACGTCTGCAGTCA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12_LM4i4Loop: SEQ ID NO: 83 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTG TCAATACCAT TACGC G A C CA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LM3a4i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 99 CTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTT CACAATCAGT CCTACG ACA A Forward WE-ARMS primer 5rcG12_M: SEQ ID NO: 84 GCACTCTTGCCTACGC G A C Forward WE-ARMS primer 5rcG12V_M: SEQ ID NO: 85 GGCACTCTTGCCTACGC A A A 9.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the K562 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type gene and human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V.

9.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 64° C. for 20 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 50 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 54° C. for 20 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (combinations outlined in Table 15), 200 nM of reverse primer (3rcKRAS_2), 200 nM partzyme B (rcKRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either K562 or SW480 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 15 Primer/partzyme combinations for wild type and variant Oligo Format System Design (Primer/Partzyme) Forward Primer Partzyme A PASS rcG12 Design 4 Matched 5rcG12_LM4i4Loop rcG12_LMi4A/55-P Variant wild type 2 (G12/G12) bases from 3′ end; Mismatched 5rcG12_LM4i4Loop rcG12V_LMa4i1A/55-P mismatch 2 bases 5′ (G12/G12V) of variant rcG12V Design 3 Matched 5rcG12V_LM3a4i1Loop rcG12V_LMa4i1A/55-P Variant mutant base (G12V/G12V) at end; mismatch 2 Mismatched 5rcG12V_LM3a4i1Loop rcG12_LMi4A/55-P bases 5′ of variant (G12V/G12) WE- rcG12 WE-ARMS Matched 5rcG12_M rcG12_MA/55-P ARMS Variant wild type (G12/G12) base at end; Mismatched 5rcG12_M rcG12V_MA/55-P mismatch 2 bases 5′ (G12/G12V) of variant rcG12V WE-ARMS Matched 5rcG12V_M rcG12V_MA/55-P Variant mutant base (G12V/G12V) at end; mismatch 2 Mismatched 5rcG12V_M rcG12_MA/55-P bases 5′ of variant (G12V/G12) 9.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification using PASS primers and WE-ARMS primers followed by detection using either primer-specific partzymes or mismatched partzymes are shown in Table 16.

TABLE 16 Ct values for G12 and G12V combinations Oligo Format (Primer/ Ct System Design Partzyme) Reaction type (Ave) rcG12 PASS Matched Test (K562) 22.2 (G12/G12) Negative control (SW480) 34.2 Mismatched Test (K562) No Ct (G12/G12V) Negative control (SW480) WE_ARMS Matched Test (K562) 22.0 (G12/G12) Negative control (SW480) 44.5 Mismatched Test (K562) 25.6 (G12/G12V) Negative control (SW480) 45.0{circumflex over ( )} rcG12V PASS Matched Test (SW480) 22.0 (G12V/G12V) Negative control (K562) No Ct Mismatched Test (SW480) No Ct (G12V/G12) Negative control (K562) WE_ARMS Matched Test (SW480) 24.3 (G12V/G12V) Negative control (K562) No Ct Mismatched Test (SW480) 33.4 (G12V/G12) Negative control (K562) No Ct {circumflex over ( )}only one replicate produced a signal, Ct not averaged

The PASS primer matched to the reverse complement strand of the wild type amplified the rcG12 allele in Test (K562) DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to wild type and US insert i4. The reverse complement wild type PASS primer/partzyme system preferentially amplified and detected the wild type allele and signal was generated later in the reaction when Negative Control template (SW480) was used under these experimental conditions. The difference in Ct between that of the wild type (K562) and that generated from mutant (SW480) DNA was 12 cycles (Table 16), demonstrating PASS primer and matching partzymes allow discrimination between mutant and wild type alleles. No cross reactivity was seen when the mismatched partzymes specific for the variant mutant and US insert, i1, were used in conjunction with the wild type PASS primer (Table 16).

The WE-ARMS primer matched to the wild type amplified the rcG12 allele in Test (K562) DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to wild type. This wild type ARMS primer/partzyme system was specific for wild type allele and a late signal was generated when Negative Control template (SW480) was used. The difference in Ct between that of the wild type (K562) and that generated from mutant (SW480) DNA was greater than 22 cycles (Table 16). Cross reactivity was seen when the mismatched partzymes specific for the variant mutant were used in conjunction with the wild type WE-ARMS primer. The Ct for the mismatched reaction was similar to the matched indicating the partzyme, designed to be specific for the variant mutant, could not discriminate between wild type and mutant amplicons generated by WE-ARMS primers (Table 16) under the reaction conditions.

The PASS primer matched to the reverse complement strand of the mutant variant amplified the rcG12V allele in Test (SW480) DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to mutant and US insert i1. This mutant PASS primer/partzyme system specifically detected the mutant allele and no signal was generated when Negative Control template (K562) was used. No cross reactivity was seen when partzymes specific for the wild type and US insert i4, were used in conjunction with the mutant PASS primer (Table 16).

The WE-ARMS primer matched to the reverse complement of the mutant variant amplified the rcG12V allele in Test (SW480) DNA and this was detected by the partzyme matched to mutant. This mutant WE-ARMS primer/partzyme system specifically detected the mutant allele and no signal was generated when Negative Control template (K562) was analysed. Cross reactivity was seen when the mismatched partzymes specific for the wild type were used in conjunction with the wild type WE-ARMS primer. The Ct for the mismatched reaction was ˜9 Ct later to the matched indicating the partzyme, designed to be specific for the variant mutant, had inferior ability to discriminate between wild type and mutant amplicons generated by WE-ARMS primers (Table 16) under the reaction conditions.

No amplification was detected using any primer/partzyme pair when no template (no DNA) was added.

The data in this example demonstrates the capacity of PASS primers to perform in a manner superior to an alternative technology for detection of single base changes, WE-ARMS, which is well known in the art. Further the introduction of the US by the PASS primer into the amplicon affords an added level of specificity when a partzyme is to discriminate between two closely related sequences, a scenario that may arise in a multiplex qPCR. The PASS primers allowed the introduction of additional, unique sequences into amplicons. Different unique sequences were introduced into the wild type and mutant variant amplicons. This additional sequence enhances the difference and prevents cross reactivity of partzymes on alternate amplicons, for example, wild type PASS amplicons are not detected by partzymes matching the mutant PASS amplicons and visa versa. This enables the assays to be combined in a multiplex reaction and the variant and the wild type identified. In contrast, the small difference of only two bases that existed between the wild type and mutant WE-ARMS amplicons and their fully matched partzymes was insufficient to prevent cross reactivity of partzymes on alternate amplicons, for example, wild type WE-ARMS amplicons were detected by partzymes matching the mutant WE-ARMS amplicons and visa versa, therefore they could not be combined in a multiplex reaction.

Example 10 Influence of the Length of the S2 Region of PASS Primers on Amplification of a Target Sequence

There are multiple regions in a PASS primer, S1 which is 5′ of the US is designed to anchor the PASS primer to the target sequence of interest, S2 which is 3′ of the unique sequence provides the initiating portion of the PASS primer and the US which lies between S1 and S2. In this example the US inserts a region of unique sequence into the amplicon (FIG. 1). All regions can be tailored to a particular application by lengthening or shortening their sequences.

In this example, the influence of length of the S2 region of the PASS primer on amplification of the CCB gene was investigated when combined with MNAzyme detection for readout in qPCR. PASS primers and partzymes were designed to determine if various scenarios of length of the S2 domain of the PASS primer were compatible with amplification and detection of the CCB gene. The length of the S2 domain of the PASS primer (containing either a Loop or Planar US), was altered from the 3′ end and was either 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 bases long or the 5′ end and was either 5, 6 or 7 bases long.

10.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the CCB gene and the cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined hybridise to the cUS. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B CCBB/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 86 TGCCCAGGGAGGCTAGCTGGTCCATGGCTTCTGGGTA partzyme A CCB_2i2A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 89 AGACATACTA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2L5_6A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 90 C AGACATACTA CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2L5_5A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 91 CC AGACATACTA AGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2P5_6A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 92 A AGACATACTA CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2P5_5A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 93 AT AGACATACTA AGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT 10.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by an “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored at 530 nm (FAM emission wavelength) with excitation at 485 nm (FAM excitation wavelength). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub2-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 94 AAGGTTTCCTCguCCCTGGGCA 10.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of CCB DNA

The target sequence for this example was the CCB gene in human gDNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). The oligonucleotide PASS primers are listed below. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the US insert i2. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3CCB: SEQ ID NO: 7 CTCAGGAATTTCCCAGCTAC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 13 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop3_6: SEQ ID NO: 95 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAGAG Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop3_5: SEQ ID NO: 96 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAGA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop3_4: SEQ ID NO: 97 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAG Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop3_3: SEQ ID NO: 98 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 14 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar3_6: SEQ ID NO: 100 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGAG Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar3_5: SEQ ID NO: 101 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar3_4: SEQ ID NO: 102 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAG Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar3_3: SEQ ID NO: 103 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCA Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop5_6: SEQ ID NO: 104 CTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTCAGACATACTACAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop5_5: SEQ ID NO: 105 TTCTTGGATGGTCATCTCCAGACATACTAAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar5_6: SEQ ID NO: 106 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAAGACATACTACAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar5_5: SEQ ID NO: 107 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGATAGACATACTAAGAGC 10.4. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in an Mx3005p (Stratagene). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 200 nM partzyme A (combinations listed in Table 17), 200 nM of reverse primer (3CCB), 200 nM partzyme B (CCBB/2-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub2-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H2O).

TABLE 17 Forward PASS primer and partzymeA combinations Size (bp) Design S2 PASS Primer Partzyme A Original Loop 7 5CCB_2i2Loop CCB_2i2A/2-P Original Planar 7 5CCB_2i2Planar Reducing S2 of 6 5CCB_2i2Loop3_6 the PASS 5 5CCB_2i2Loop3_5 primer from 4 5CCB_2i2Loop3_4 3′ end Matched 3 5CCB_2i2Loop3_3 partzyme A for 6 5CCB_2i2Planar3_6 all primers 5 5CCB_2i2Planar3_5 4 5CCB_2i2Planar3_4 3 5CCB_2i2Planar3_3 Reducing S2 of 6 5CCB_2i2Loop5_6 CCB_2i2L5_6A/2-P the PASS 5 5CCB_2i2Loop5_5 CCB_2i2L5_5A/2-P primer from 6 5CCB_2i2Planar5_6 CCB_2i2P5_6A/2-P 5′ end Matched 5 5CCB_2i2Planar5_5 CCB_2i2P5_5A/2-P partzyme A for all primers Controls Original Loop, 7 5CCB_2i2Loop CCB_2i2L5_6A/2-P mismatched CCB_2i2L5_5A/2-P partzyme A Original Planar, 7 5CCB_2i2Planar CCB_2i2P5_6A/2-P mismatched CCB_2i2P5_5A/2-P partzyme A Reducing S2 of 6 5CCB_2i2Loop5_6 CCB_2i2A/2-P the PASS 5 5CCB_2i2Loop5_5 primer from 5′ 6 5CCB_2i2Loop5_6 end Mismatched 5 5CCB_2i2Loop5_5 partzyme A for all primers 10.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS primers were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of CCB and the partzymes bound to both the cUS and the amplified target specific sequence. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was human gDNA amplified via qPCR. The fluorescence of the no-DNA target control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions and did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

TABLE 18 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme combinations ΔCt PASS primer Ct from Design Partzyme A S2 size (ave) original Loop Matched Original - 7 bp 21.5 3′ end - 6 bp 26.7 5.2 3′ end - 5 bp 30.2 8.7 3′ end - 4 bp No Ct — 3′ end - 3 bp No Ct — 5′ end - 6 bp 24.0 2.5 5′ end - 5 bp No Ct — Loops out 1 base Original - 7 bp 22.6 1.1 from amplicon (5_6) Loops out 2 bases Original - 7 bp 26.8 5.3 from amplicon (5_5) Loops out 1 base from 5′ end - 6 bp 24.6 3.1 partzyme (7) Loops out 2 bases from 5′ end - 5 bp No Ct — partzyme (7) Planar Matched Original - 7 bp 21.3 3′ end - 6 bp 21.8 0.5 3′ end - 5 bp 22.5 1.3 3′ end - 4 bp 23.1 1.8 3′ end - 3 bp 25.6 4.3 5′ end - 6 bp 21.6 0.3 5′ end - 5 bp 22.7 1.4 Loops out 1 base from Original - 7 bp 22.2 0.9 amplicon (5_6) Loops out 2 bases from Original - 7 bp 27.6 6.3 amplicon (5_5) Loops out 1 base from 5′ end - 6 bp 22.4 1.1 partzyme (7) Loops out 2 bases from 5′ end - 5 bp 27.7 6.4 partzyme (7)

When the S2 region of the forward PASS primer containing US that was looped was decreased in length from the 3′ end from 7, to 6 and 5 bases the shorter primers still produced a detectable signal however the Ct was increased by 5.2 and 8.7 respectively (Table 18). Decreasing S2 any further from the 3′ end did not produced a detectable signal under the reaction conditions tested. When the S2 region of the loop PASS primer was decreased from the 5′ end from 7 bases to 6 bases the Ct was increased by 2.5 however decreasing the length further resulted in no detectable signal under the reaction conditions tested.

When the S2 region of the forward PASS primer that contained US that was planar was decreased in length from the 3′ end from 7, to 6 and 5 bases all primers still produced a detectable signal with little impact on the Ct value (Table 18). Decreasing S2 further from the 3′ end to 4 and 3 bases still produced a detectable signal however the Ct was increased by 1.8 and 4.3 respectively (Table 18). When the S2 region of the planar PASS primer was decreased from the 5′ end from 7 bases to 6 and 5 bases, a detectable signal was still produced without significantly impacting on the Ct value (Table 18).

As a control, the partzymes specific for shortened PASS primers were combined with the longer PASS primer and vice versa. This resulted in either bases being looped out from the amplicon or from the partzyme. For both the loop and planar PASS primers when only one base is looped out from either the amplicon or the partzyme there is only a small increase in Ct by ˜1, except for the loop PASS primer where the 1 base looped out partzyme had a Ct increased by 3.1 under these experimental conditions. Further when the partzyme or amplicon contained a looped out region of 2 bases the Ct was increased by ˜5 to 6 Cts, except for the loop PASS primer where the looped out partzyme had no detectable signal under these experimental conditions.

Overall, when the PASS primer contained a US in planar formation the S2 region could be decreased to 4 bases without overly affecting the efficiency of the reaction (Ct value). However, when the PASS primer contained a US in loop formation decreasing the S2 region even by 1 base this had a significant impact on the Ct value. Of note is that for the Loop PASS primers there is no gap between S1 and S2 under the loop region which could be increasing the stringency of the reaction.

The observations of this experiment demonstrate there is considerable flexibility in design of the regions of the PASS primers which follow either the Loop or Planar format. The optimal length for any region will depend on the target sequence, the specific application and experimental conditions including but not limited to the buffer, salt concentration, reaction temperature, cycling times and other factors.

Example 11 Investigation into Varying the Length of the US Insert Contained within a PASS Primer

In this example, the length of the US insert in the PASS primer was investigated to determine the influence on amplification efficiency. In previous examples the USI was 10 bases long.

PASS Primers were designed that contained looped US that was either, 8, 9, 10, 12 or 13 bases long or planar US that was either, 10, 12, 13, 17, 22 or 29 bases long. Each PASS primer was combined with MNAzyme detection for a readout in qPCR to determine if various scenarios of length of the US inserts in the PASS primer were compatible with amplification and detection of the CCB gene.

11.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the CCB gene and the cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined hybridise to the cUS. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B CCBB/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 86 TGCCCAGGGAGGCTAGCTGGTCCATGGCTTCTGGGTA partzyme A CCB_2i2A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 89 AGACATACTA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT 11.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by an “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored at 530 nm (FAM emission wavelength) with excitation at 485 nm (FAM excitation wavelength). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub2-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 94 AAGGTTTCCTCguCCCTGGGCA 11.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of CCB DNA

The target sequence for this example was the CCB gene in human gDNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). The oligonucleotide PASS primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the US inserts. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3CCB: SEQ ID NO: 7 CTCAGGAATTTCCCAGCTAC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 13 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(−1)Loop_US9: SEQ ID NO: 108 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(−2)Loop_US8: SEQ ID NO: 109 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+2)Loop_US12: SEQ ID NO: 110 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+3)Loop_US13: SEQ ID NO: 111 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTCAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 14 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+2)Planar_US12: SEQ ID NO: 112 TCTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+3)Planar_US13: SEQ ID NO: 113 GTCTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTCAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+7)Planar_US17: SEQ ID NO: 114 CTCAAGTCTCTTGTCTCAGTTCCCGACAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+12)Planar_US22: SEQ ID NO: 115 GGCTCTCAAGTCTCTTGTCTCCAAGTCCGACAAAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2(+19)Planar_US29: SEQ ID NO: 116 TCTGGGGGCTCTCAAGTCTCCATGACACAAGTCCGACAAAGACATACTA CCAGAGC 11.4. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a Mx3005p (Stratagene). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward PASS primer, 200 nM partzyme A (CCB_2 i2A/2-P), 200 nM of reverse primer (3CCB), 200 nM partzyme B (CCBB/2-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub2-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H2O).

11.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS primers were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection of CCB with detection via partzymes complementary to both the cUS's and amplified target specific sequence. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was human gDNA amplified via qPCR. The fluorescence of the no-DNA target control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions and did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

TABLE 19 Ct values for different PASS primers Reaction ΔCt from Design type Size US bp Ct (Ave) original Loop Original 10 21.5 US - 2 bp 8 21.5 0 US - 1 bp 9 21.5 0 US +2 bp 12 21.8 0.3 US +3 bp 13 23.0 1.5 Planar Original 10 21.4 US +2 bp 12 21.2 −0.2 US +3 bp 13 21.4 0 US +7 bp 17 22.0 0.6 US +12 bp 22 22.1 0.7 US +19 bp 30 22.6 1.2

When the forward PASS primer contained US that was looped, decreasing the length of the US to 9 and 8 bases did not affect the Ct value and the detectable signal was similar to that observed for the original PASS primer containing a US insert of 10 bases (Table 19). Likewise, increasing the US to 12 bases did not affect the Ct value, however there was a slight increase in the Ct value when the US was increased to 13 bases (Table 19) under the current experimental conditions.

When the forward PASS primer contained US that was planar, increasing the length of the US up to 22 bases had minimal impact on the Ct value (Table 19). Increasing the US to 29 bases increased the Ct value by 1.2 showing a slight impact on the amplification of the target sequence (Table 19) under the current experimental conditions.

Of note, in this example the same MNAzyme was used to test all US sizes whether the US was in a loop or planar formation. This removes any variability that might be encountered with different MNAzymes and results in the outcome being purely reflective of the amplification efficiency of the PASS primer.

The observations of this experiment demonstrate there is considerable flexibility in design of the length of US inserts within PASS primers which follow either the Loop or Planar format.

Example 12 Use of a PASS Partzyme to Skip Variant Sequence in Related Amplicons

PASS partzymes are combined with variant-specific primers in an MNAzyme qPCR reaction. In a manner analogous to PASS primers, PASS partzymes can also be designed to contain regions that are mismatched with regard to the starting template target sequence (FIG. 10). In this example, primers are designed to specifically amplify the deletion variant sequences, but not wild type sequence, and the MNAzyme comprises a first PASS partzyme and a second fully matched “standard” partzyme that bind adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme contains a region of sequence not complementary to the target sequence, the unique sequence (US), which is designed to align where the variant sequence is contained in the amplicon so that one MNAzyme can be used to detect all variants. The US present in the PASS partzyme can be in planar formation where the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme matches the number of unbound bases in the target sequence (FIG. 10, panel ii (a)). Alternatively, the US present in the PASS partzyme can be looped, when the number of non-complementary bases in the partzyme is greater or smaller than the target sequence and the sequence bulges or loops out (FIG. 10, panel ii (b)). Formation of active MNAzymes from partzyme components results in the cleavage of the universal probe labeled with fluorophore and quencher dye pair, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

In this example, a specific primer was designed to amplify each of four EGFR exon 19 deletion variants, c.2236-2250del15 (v4), c.2239-2248>C (v13), c.2239-2253del15 (v15) or c.2240-2257del18 (v20). Each variant sequence contains different lengths of deleted sequence creating variable targets each requiring specific 5′ primers, which were designed such that they spanned the various deletion junctions. A PASS partzyme A was designed to detect all four variant amplicons since the US region of the PASS partzyme was designed to align with the variable regions of the deletion amplicons. The PASS partzyme A formed a planar formation with v13 and a loop formation with variants v4, v15 and v20. The amplified variants were either assayed with an MNAzyme containing a PASS partzyme A and a “standard” partzyme B or with an MNAzyme containing fully matched standard partzymes A and B, which are complementary to a fully conserved region central to all variant amplicons or any amplicons resulting from mispriming from wild type template if this occurred. This is used as a control to demonstrate the effect of the US in the PASS partzyme on the specificity of the MNAzyme to detect the variant sequences.

12.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed that were either fully matched “standard” partzymes where the sensor arm was fully complementary to the target sequence or “PASS” partzymes where a region of sequence not complementary to the amplicon (US) has been inserted into the sensor arm between two regions that are complementary to the amplicon. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequence (US) which is mismatched with respect to all four target sequences. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B EGFR_1B/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 117 TGGCGTGGAGAGGCTAGCTCGATGTGAGTTTCTGCTTTGCTG partzyme A EGFR_1A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 118 GAAAGCCAACAAGGAAATCCTACAACGAGGGGTCGAG partzyme B EGFR_2B/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 119 TGGCGTGGAGAGGCTAGCTCAACAAGGAAATCCTCGATGTGA PASS partzyme A EGFR_2US15A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 120 AAGTTAAAATTCCCGTCGCTATCAA CTCTAGCTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACA ACGAGGGGTCGAG 12.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub56-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 121 CTCGACCCCguCTCCACGCCA 12.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of EGFR DNA

In vitro amplification of plasmid DNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the variant bases with respect to the wild type. The forward primers are deletion specific and the reverse primer is constant for all. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3EGFR: SEQ ID NO: 122 GCCTGAGGTTCAGAGCCATGG Forward primer 5EGFRv4: SEQ ID NO: 123 TTAAAATTCCCGTCGCTATCAAGAC Forward primer 5EGFRv13: SEQ ID NO: 124 ATTCCCGTCGCTATCAAGGAACC Forward primer 5EGFRv15: SEQ ID NO: 125 TCCCGTCGCTATCAAGGAATCTC Forward primer 5EGFRv20: SEQ ID NO: 126 TCCCGTCGCTATCAAGGAATCGA 12.4. Target Sequence

DNA Plasmids containing sequence corresponding to a region of exon 19 of the EGFR gene were used as template (IDT). Plasmid contained either wild type sequence or sequence corresponding to EGFR exon 19 deletion variants, c.2236-2250del15 (v4), c.2239-2248>C (v13), c.2239-2253del15 (v15) or c.2240-2257del18 (v20). Plasmids were linearised before use by digesting with the restriction enzyme EcoR1 (Thermo Scientific), following the manufacturer's instructions.

Genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line was used as a control DNA sample representing human wild type EGFR DNA.

12.5. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 61° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM deletion-specific forward primer, 100 nM of partzyme A and 200 nM of partzyme B, as outlined in Table 20. All reactions also contained 200 nM of reverse primer (3EGFR), 200 nM substrate (Sub56-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either Plasmid DNA template for v4 (10⁴ copies) or v13 (10⁴ copies) or v15 (10⁴ copies) or v20 (10⁴ copies); or wild type (WT) (10⁴ copies), or IM9 gDNA (35 ng) or either v4, v13, v15 or v20 plasmid template diluted ˜1 in 100 in a constant background of IM9 gDNA template (100 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 20 Forward primer, partzymes and template combinations for the variant assays Forward Design Primer Partzymes Template Reaction type EGFR v4 5EGFRv4 PASS v4 plasmid Test 2236- EGFR_2B/56-P & v4 plasmid (1/100) Test 2250del15 EGFR_2US15A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard v4 plasmid Test EGFR_1B/56-P & v4 plasmid (1/100) Test EGFR_1A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template EGFR v13 5EGFRv13 PASS v13 plasmid Test 2239- EGFR_2B/56-P & v13 plasmid (1/100) Test 2248 > C EGFR_2US15A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard v13 plasmid Test EGFR_1B/56-P & v13 plasmid (1/100) Test EGFR_1A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template EGFR v15 5EGFRv15 PASS v15 plasmid Test 2239- EGFR_2B/56-P & v15 plasmid (1/100) Test 2253del15 EGFR_2US15A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard v15 plasmid Test EGFR_1B/56-P & v15 plasmid (1/100) Test EGFR_1A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template EGFR 5EGFRv20 PASS v20 plasmid Test v20 2240- EGFR_2B/56-P & v20 plasmid (1/100) Test 2257del18 EGFR_2US15A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard v20 plasmid Test EGFR_1B/56-P & v20 plasmid (1/100) Test EGFR_1A/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template 12.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

For all reactions, the fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzymes that then cleaved universal reporter substrates.

The deletion-specific forward primers were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection of the EGFR deletion variants. The ΔCt was used as a measure of the specificity of the primer/partzyme A combinations and is calculated as the difference in Ct between that for the deletion amplicons to that from background amplification of wild type template. The primers designed to amplify deletions v4 and v15 exhibited high specificity for the deletions with ΔCts at 9.6 or greater in all reactions. In contrast the primer designed to be specific for the v20 deletion behaved non-specifically, amplifying both v20 and wild type sequence. The primer designed to be specific for v13 produced ΔCts of 6.6 and 4.8 for the wild type plasmid and IM9 gDNA respectively when using the standard partzyme.

For v4 and v15 PASS partzyme assays, a signal was not produced when gDNA (IM9) template alone was used and the WT plasmid, produced ΔCts>15 Cts after the variant template. For v20, WT plasmid and IM9 gDNA produced ΔCts of 4.6 and 5.5 respectively and for v13, WT plasmid and IM9 gDNA produced ΔCts of 10.3 and 10.2 respectively (Table 21).

TABLE 21 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR performed using deletion - specific primers and a universal MNAzyme Type of Design partzyme A Template Reaction type Ct (Ave) ΔCt EGFR PASS v4 plasmid Test 22.6 v4 v4 plasmid (1/100) Test 31.8 — WT plasmid Negative control 38.4 15.8 IM9 Negative control No Ct >17.4 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Standard V4 Test 17.2 V4 plasmid (1/100) Test 23.9 — WT Negative control 26.8 9.6 IM9 Negative control 27.6 10.4 NF H₂0 No template No Ct EGFR PASS v13 plasmid Test 20.1 v13 v13 plasmid (1/100) Test 26.9 — WT plasmid Negative control 30.3 10.3 IM9 Negative control 30.4 10.2 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Standard v13 plasmid Test 18.2 v13 plasmid (1/100) Test 22.4 — WT plasmid Negative control 24.6 6.6 IM9 Negative control 23.0 4.8 NF H₂0 No template No Ct EGFR PASS v15 plasmid Test 20.6 v15 v15 plasmid (1/100) Test 28.2 — WT plasmid Negative control 35.6 15 IM9 Negative control No Ct >19.4 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Standard v15 plasmid Test 18.0 v15 plasmid (1/100) Test 24.4 — WT plasmid Negative control 32.1 14.1 IM9 Negative control 36.2 18.3 NF H₂0 No template No Ct EGFR PASS v20 plasmid Test 20.1 v20 v20 plasmid (1/100) Test 25.1 WT plasmid Negative control 24.7 4.6 IM9 Negative control 25.7 5.5 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Standard v20 plasmid Test 18.7 v20 plasmid (1/100) Test 19.5 WT plasmid Negative control 18.5 −0.2 IM9 Negative control 19.3 1.0 NF H₂0 No template No Ct N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

When variant template was diluted 1 in 100 the v4, v13 and v15 assays could detect and discriminate the deletion amplicons from the non-specific wild type background signal for both the PASS and to some degree the standard partzyme assays.

Overall, the reactions using standard partzymes for the detection of amplicons produced ΔCts, which were less than that produce by the PASS partzyme assay (Table 21). This demonstrates the use of a PASS partzyme greatly improves the specificity of the reaction over using a standard partzyme. Furthermore, the same PASS partzyme whether it bound to the amplicons in a loop (V4, v15 and v20) or planar formation (v13) was able to detect all four variants irrespective of the sequence deleted. The MNAzyme in this assay used one partzyme with a sensor arm which had two regions which were complementary to all four deletion variants and one region (the US insert) which was mismatched to all four in the regions which were variant between the amplicons. As such this partzyme would be anticipated to bind to all four amplicons with similar efficiency thus allowing detection of all four variants simultaneously with one MNAzyme.

Example 13 Combining a PASS Partzyme with a PASS Primer to Skip Variant Sequence in an Amplicon and Improve Discrimination Between Variant and Wild Type Sequence

Another PASS PCR strategy involves the combination of a PASS partzyme with a PASS primer to further improve the reaction efficiency and specificity when analyzing related amplicons. This strategy involves a PASS primer designed with (i) S2 specific for a deletion variant in EGFR exon 19, (ii) S1 region common to all EGFR sequence and (iii) a first US insert (US1) located between S1 and S2 which is not complementary to the target sequence (FIG. 11, panel (i)). The strategy also has an MNAzyme comprising a PASS partzyme A. The target sensor arm of the PASS partzyme A contains several domains comprising (i) US1 (matched to all amplicons generated from PASS primers), (ii) a second US insert US2 (mismatched to all amplicons generated from PASS primers) and (iii) regions which are complementary to the starting sequence of the target. The US2 region of the PASS partzyme is not complementary to the amplified target sequence and is designed such that the US2 aligns on the amplicon where the sequence varies due to the presence of different deletions. The PASS partzyme may form a planar or looped out conformation when it binds to the target amplicon (FIG. 11, panel (ii)).

In this example, fully matched “standard” deletion-specific primers and deletion-specific PASS primers were designed to amplify EGFR exon 19 deletion c.2235-2249del15 (v2). The amplified deletion variants were either assayed in real time with (i) an MNAzyme containing a PASS partzyme which formed either a planar or looped out US2 but lacking US1 (for use with standard primers) or (ii) an MNAzyme containing a PASS partzyme incorporating both US1 and US2, in a planar or loop formation (for use with PASS primer).

13.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed that were either (i) standard partzymes where the sensor arm was fully complementary to the amplicon, (ii) PASS partzymes containing only alternate US2 inserts (designated either US15 or US9; i.e. regions of sequence not complementary to the target amplicon) or (iii) PASS partzymes containing US2 (either US15 or US9) and US1 (i4) (which binds to the cUS1 inserted into the amplicon by the PASS primer). In addition, standard partzymes were designed to bind all amplicons outside of the variable region (variant and wild type) in a region which did not overlap with the primer region of the amplicon. PASS partzymes were designed to bind all deletion variant amplicons across the variable region in the EGFR exon 19, when amplified with variant deletion-specific primers. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the second unique sequence insert (US2) which is mismatched with respect to the template. The region underlined and italic represents US1 (i4), incorporated into the amplicon by the PASS primer. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B EGFR_1A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 118 GAAAGCCAACAAGGAAATCCTACAACGAGGGGTCGAG partzyme B EGFR_1B/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 117 TGGCGTGGAGAGGCTAGCTCGATGTGAGTTTCTGCTTTGCTG partzyme B EGFR_2B/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 119 TGGCGTGGAGAGGCTAGCTCAACAAGGAAATCCTCGATGTGA PASS partzyme A EGFR_2US15A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 120 AAGTTAAAATTCCCGTCGCTATCAA CTCTAGCTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACA ACGAGGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A EGFR_2US9A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 127 AAGTTAAAATTCCCGTCGCTATCAA CTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACAACGAGG GGTCGAG PASS partzyme A EGFR_2i4US9A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 128 CCGTC TCAATACCAT GCTATCAA CTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACAACGAGGGG TCGAG PASS partzyme A EGFR_2i4US15A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 129 CCGTC TCAATACCAT GCTATCAA CTCTAGCTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACAAC GAGGGGTCGAG 13.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub56-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 121 CTCGACCCCguCTCCACGCCA 13.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of EGFR DNA

In vitro amplification of plasmid DNA was performed using the deletion-specific oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the variant bases and bases underlined and in italics represent the US1 (i4). All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3EGFR: SEQ ID NO: 122 GCCTGAGGTTCAGAGCCATGG Forward primer 5EGFRv2: SEQ ID NO: 130 AGTTAAAATTCCCGTCGCTATCAAAA Forward PASS primer 5EGFRv2_i4: SEQ ID NO: 131 GAAAGTTAAAATTCCCGTC TCAATACCAT GCTATCAAAA 13.4. Target Sequence

DNA Plasmids containing sequence corresponding to a region of exon 19 of the EGFR gene were used as template (IDT). Plasmid contained either wild type sequence or sequence corresponding to EGFR deletion variant v2. Plasmids were linearised before use by digesting with the restriction enzyme EcoR1 (Thermo Scientific), following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line was used as a control DNA sample representing human wild type EGFR DNA.

13.5. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 61° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward deletion-specific primer, 100 nM of partzyme A and 200 nM of partzyme B as outlined in Table 22. All reactions contained 200 nM of reverse primer (3EGFR), 200 nM substrate (Sub56-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either plasmid DNA template for v2 (10⁴ copies), v2 plasmid (10² copies) template diluted ˜1 in 100 in a constant background of IM9 gDNA template (35 ng) or wild type plasmid (WT) (10⁴ copies), or IM9 gDNA (35 ng) or no template (NF H₂O).

TABLE 22 Primer, partzyme and template combinations for the variant assays Forward Reaction Primer Partzymes Template Reaction type Standard Primer/ 5EGFRv2 EGFR_1A/56-P v2 plasmid Test Standard MNAzyme EGFR_1B/56-P v2 plasmid (1/100) Test No US WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard primer/ EGFR_2US15A/ v2 plasmid Test Looped PASS 56-P v2 plasmid (1/100) Test partzyme A EGFR_2B/56-P WT plasmid Negative control US2 only IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template Standard primer/ EGFR_2US9A/56-P v2 plasmid Test Planar PASS EGFR_2B/56-P v2 plasmid (1/100) Test partzyme A WT plasmid Negative control US2 only IM9 Negative control NF H₂0 No template PASS primer/ 5EGFRv2_i4 EGFR_2i4US15A/ v2 plasmid Test Looped PASS 56-P v2 plasmid (1/100) Test partzyme A EGFR_2B/56-P WT plasmid Negative control US1 & US2 IM9 Negative control NF H20 No template PASS primer/Planar EGFR_2i4US9A/ v2 plasmid Test PASS partzyme A 56-P v2 plasmid (1/100) Test US1 & US2 EGFR_2B/56-P WT plasmid Negative control IM9 Negative control NF H20 No template 13.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

For all reactions, the fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzymes that then cleaved the universal reporter substrate.

All combinations of primers and MNAzymes containing a PASS partzyme resulted in greater specificity when compared to the assays containing standard primers and standard MNAzyme (Table 23). The ΔCt of for the fully matched “standard” detection of v2 ranged from 6 to 7 Cts with the wild type signal only ˜1 to 2 Ct's behind the sample diluted 1 in 100.

TABLE 23 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR performed using variant specific primers and a universal MNAzyme Forward primer Partzyme A Template Reaction type Ct (Ave) ΔCt Standard Standard v2 plasmid Test 16.6 v2 plasmid (1/100) Test 21.9 — WT plasmid Negative control 23.7 7.1 IM9 Negative control 22.7 6.1 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Looped v2 plasmid Test 25.3 PASS (US2) v2 plasmid (1/100) Test 35.0 — WT plasmid Negative control No Ct >14.7 IM9 Negative control No Ct >14.7 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Planar PASS v2 plasmid Test 23.3 (US2) v2 plasmid (1/100) Test 31.8 — WT plasmid Negative control 37.9 14.6 IM9 Negative control 37.6 14.3 NF H₂0 No template No Ct PASS Looped v2 plasmid Test 19.0 (US1) PASS (US2 v2 plasmid (1/100) Test 26.3 — & US1) WT plasmid Negative control 36.4 17.4 IM9 Negative control 35.8 16.8 NF H₂0 No template No Ct Planar PASS v2 plasmid Test 18.2 (US2 & v2 plasmid (1/100) Test 25.2 — US1) WT plasmid Negative control 36.0 17.8 IM9 Negative control 35.9 17.7 NF H₂0 No template No Ct N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

The combination of a Standard primer and an MNAzyme comprised of a PASS partzyme containing only US2 that forms a planar alignment with the target sequence detected the target v2 earlier (Ct 23.3) compared to the PASS partzyme that forms a looped alignment with the target sequence (Ct 25.3). Both loop and planar PASS partzymes displayed similar high specificity when assayed with the wild type template (plasmid and gDNA), ΔCt of ˜14.5 (Table 23). When variant template was diluted 1 in 100 the v2 assays containing a standard primer and a PASS partzyme containing only US2 could detect it and discriminate the signal from the non-specific amplification of the wild type with a ΔCt of ˜5 to 6 (Table 23).

The combination of a PASS primer and an MNAzyme comprised of a PASS partzyme containing US2 and US1 that forms a planar alignment with the target sequence detected the target v2 slightly earlier (Ct 18.2) compared to the PASS partzyme that forms a looped alignment with the target sequence (Ct 19.0). The assay containing the planar PASS partzymes displayed slightly more specificity compared to the looped PASS partzyme when assayed with the wild type template (plasmid and gDNA). When variant template was diluted 1 in 100 the v2 assays containing a PASS primer and a PASS partzyme containing US2 and US1 detected and discriminated the signal from the non-specific amplification of the wild type with a ΔCt of ˜10.

The addition of the PASS primer to the PASS PCR strategy containing a PASS partzyme improved the efficiency of the reaction with earlier Cts and the specificity of the reaction with greater ΔCts. The experiment demonstrates the capacity to combine PASS primers with PASS partzymes for analysis of related sequences in assays which are highly specific and efficient. In this example the use of deletion-specific PASS primers together with a single PASS partzyme with incomplete, but equal, complementarity with the variant sequences allowed detection of deletion amplicons simultaneously in real time.

Example 14 Testing the Sensitivity of the PASS qPCR Strategy Containing a PASS Primer and an MNAzyme Comprising a PASS Partzyme

In this example, the EGFR deletion variant in exon 19 referred to as v2 is assayed using serial dilutions of the v2 template in a background of wild type template. Dilutions of 1 in 10, 100 and 1000 of v2 in a background of wild type template were tested.

The PASS primer in a planar formation containing US1 (i4) is used for the specific amplification of v2 sequence. The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first PASS partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS1), as well as amplified target sequence and also contains a region of sequence not complementary to the amplified target sequence (US2) which is designed such that the US2 aligns on the amplicon where the variant sequence lies. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS qPCR was tested for the efficiency, linearity and sensitivity of the strategy.

14.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to be either standard partzymes where the sensor arm was fully complementary to the amplicon, or PASS partzymes containing US2 (designated US9) and US1 insert i4 (which binds to the cUS1 inserted into the amplicon by the PASS primer). In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequence (US2) which is mismatched with respect to the template. The region underlined and in italics represents US1 (i4). The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B EGFR_2B/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 119 TGGCGTGGAGAGGCTAGCTCAACAAGGAAATCCTCGATGTGA PASS partzyme A EGFR_2i4US9A/56-P: SEQ ID NO: 128 CCGTC TCAATACCAT GCTATCAA CTGTAGCAT GAAAGCACAACGAGGGG TCGAG 14.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub56-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 121 CTCGACCCCguCTCCACGCCA 14.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of EGFR DNA

In vitro amplification of plasmid DNA was performed using the deletion-specific oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases underlined are the variant bases (with respect to wild type sequence) and bases underlined and in italics represent the US1 (i4). All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3EGFR: SEQ ID NO: 122 GCCTGAGGTTCAGAGCCATGG Forward PASS primer 5EGFRv2_i4: SEQ ID NO: 131 GAAAGTTAAAATTCCCGTC TCAATACCAT GCTATCAAAA 14.4. Target Sequence

DNA Plasmids containing sequence corresponding to a region of exon 19 of the EGFR gene were used as template (IDT). Plasmid contained either wild type sequence or sequence corresponding to EGFR deletion variants v2. Plasmids were linearised before use by digesting with the restriction enzyme EcoR1 (Thermo Scientific), following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line was used as a control DNA sample representing human wild type EGFR gDNA.

14.5. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 61° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer (5EGFRv2_i4), 100 nM of partzyme A (EGFR_2i4US9A/56-P), 200 nM of partzyme B (EGFR_2B/56-P), 200 nM of reverse primer (3EGFR), 200 nM substrate (Sub56-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either plasmid DNA template for v2 (10⁴ copies), plasmid DNA template for WT (10⁴ copies), IM9 gDNA template (35 ng), plasmid DNA template for v2 (10⁴ copies) diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of IM9 gDNA template (35 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

14.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS strategy was used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of the EGFR deletion variant (v2). This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the reaction contained target sequence specific for v2 (Table 23).

TABLE 23 Ct values for EGFR v2 serial dilutions Template Result Ct (Ave) 10⁴ copies v2 (deletion plasmid) 18.4 1 in 10 21.9 1 in 100 25.5 1 in 1000 29.0 35 ng IM9 (wild type gDNA) 34.1 10⁴ copies WT (plasmid) 34.4 No template No Ct ΔCt 10⁴ copies v2 to IM9 15.7 10¹ copies v2 to IM9 5.1 10⁴ copies v2 to WT 16.0 10¹ copies v2 to WT 5.4 Standard Efficiency 92% curve Linearity (R²) 0.994

The plasmid DNA template, specific for v2 deletion, was serially diluted 10-fold in a background of wild type (IM9) template. A standard curve, generated by plotting the log of the DNA concentration against the threshold cycle (Ct), resulted in a linear plot with an efficiency of 92% and an R² of 0.994. The Ct of each dilution is shown in Table 23. The Ct values shown in the table are an average of the results for duplicate reactions.

The PASS assay was able to detect the v2 sequence when diluted 1 in 1000 in a background of wild type. The signal from the negative control wild type templates was ˜15.7 Ct behind the signal from an equal number of copies of variant template.

The fluorescence of the no template control did not increase during the reaction. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

This demonstrates that the PASS strategy as illustrated in FIG. 11, which combines PASS primers with PASS partzymes is highly efficient, specific and sensitive for the detection of variant sequences.

Example 15 PASS Primers and Pinch PASS Primers that can Loop Out Different Lengths of Target Sequence

In this example, the size of the target specific region located between the target sequence complementary to the S1 and S2 regions of the PASS primer was increased in size from 2 (original Loop PASS primer) (FIG. 12 (iii)), to 20, 40, 60, 100 and 200 target bases (Target Loop PASS primers) (FIG. 12 (i)). To do this the S1 region of the PASS primer was moved further 5′ such that the target sequence between the sequence complementary to the 3′ and 5′ target specific regions of the PASS primer had increasing sizes of non-complementary intervening sequence looped out.

The US in the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide is not an insert of non-complementary sequence per sec but rather comprises a Unique Sequence Junction (USJ) created by juxtaposing two non-contiguous sequences of the target. In the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide the sequences S1 and S2 are complementary to target and bind to two regions separated by intervening sequence. When the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide hybridises to the target the intervening target sequence loops out bringing the complementary target regions into close proximity creating amplicons which contain a USJ. In this example, Pinch PASS primers were tested with varying sizes of intervening target region located between the target sequence complementary to the S1 and S2 regions. The non-complementary intervening sequence looped out ranged in size from 10, 20, 60 and 100 target bases (FIG. 12 (ii)).

In this example, the Loop PASS primer, Target Loop PASS primers and Pinch PASS primers were used to amplify a region of the CCB gene and each one was combined with MNAzyme detection for a readout in qPCR to determine if the various scenarios of target looping by the different PASS primer types were compatible with amplification and detection of a gene.

15.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the CCB gene and/or any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the bases in bold and underlined represent two bases either side of the USJ and bases underlined hybridise to the cUS insert. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B CCBB/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 86 TGCCCAGGGAGGCTAGCTGGTCCATGGCTTCTGGGTA partzyme A CCB_2i2A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 89 AGACATACTA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2LT1(10)A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 132 TTCTTCTTG GC CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A: CCB_2LT1(20)A4/2-P SEQ ID NO: 133 CTTGTCTCA GC CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2LT1(60)A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 134 GATGTGCTA TC CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A: CCB_2LT1(100)A/2-P SEQ ID NO: 135 GTGAGTTGA TC CAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT 15.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by an “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored at 530 nm (FAM emission wavelength) with excitation at 485 nm (FAM excitation wavelength). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub2-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 94 AAGGTTTCCTCguCCCTGGGCA 15.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of CCB DNA

The target sequence for this example was the CCB gene in human gDNA, extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). The oligonucleotide PASS primers are listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the bases in bold and underlined represent two bases either side of the USJ and bases underlined are the USI. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3CCB: SEQ ID NO: 7 CTCAGGAATTTCCCAGCTAC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_2i2Loop: SEQ ID NO: 13 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCT AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_LTi2(20): SEQ ID NO: 136 CTCTGGGGGCTCTCAAGTCT AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_LTi2(40): SEQ ID NO: 137 GGGTAGAAGTCTCTGGGGGC AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_LTi2(60): SEQ ID NO: 138 TGACGGTGTTGGGATGTGCTAT AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_LTi2(100): SEQ ID NO: 139 GGTTTAACTGCAGGTGAGTTGAT AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_LTi2(200): SEQ ID NO: 140 AGCATCGTATTTGGAAGAAGAGG AGACATACTA CCAGAGC Forward Pinch PASS primer 5CCB_LT1(10): SEQ ID NO: 141 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTG GC CAGAGC Forward Pinch PASS primer 5CCB_LT1(20): SEQ ID NO: 142 GCTCTCAAGTCTCTTGTCTCA GC CAGAGC Forward Pinch PASS primer 5CCB_LT1(60): SEQ ID NO: 143 TGACGGTGTTGGGATGTGCTA TC CAGAGC Forward Pinch PASS primer 5CCB_LT1(100): SEQ ID NO: 144 GGTTTAACTGCAGGTGAGTTGA TC CAGAGC 15.4. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward PASS primer, 200 nM partzyme A (the combinations are listed in Table 24), 200 nM of reverse primer (3CCB), 200 nM partzyme B (CCBB/2-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub2-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H2O).

TABLE 24 PASS primer and partzyme A combinations # of bases in target not Design Name hybribized to (& # Primer primer regions US with reference Design Partzyme A PASS Primer S1 & S2 type to FIG. 12) Loop PASS CCB_2i2A/2-P 5CCB_2i2Loop 2 USI Loop/2 (iii) primer USI 5CCB_LTi2(20) 20 USI Loop/20 (i) Target Loop 5CCB_LTi2(40) 40 USI Loop/40 (i) PASS 5CCB_LTi2(60) 60 USI Loop/60 (i) primers with 5CCB_LTi2(100) 100 USI Loop/100 (i) USI 5CCB_LTi2(200) 200 USI Loop/200 (i) Pinch PASS CCB_2LT1(10)A/2-P 5CCB_LT1(10) 10 USJ Pinch/10 (ii) primers with CCB_2LT1(20)A/2-P 5CCB_LT1(20) 20 USJ Pinch/20 (ii) USJ CCB_2LT1(60)A/2-P 5CCB_LT1(60) 60 USJ Pinch/60 (ii) CCB_2LT1(100)A/2-P 5CCB_LT1(100) 100 USJ Pinch/100 (ii) 15.5. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification and detection are summarised in the following Table 25.

TABLE 25 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme A combinations 50 ng Ct ΔCt from Design Design Name (Ave) Loop/2 Loop PASS primer with USI Loop/2 15.6 — (primer looped out) Target Loop PASS Primers Loop/20 17.0 1.4 with USI (target looped out) Loop/40 18.1 2.5 Loop/60 20.0 4.4 Loop/100 22.9 7.3 Loop/200 26.2 10.6 Pinch PASS Primer with a Pinch/10 16.1 0.5 USJ (target looped out) Pinch/20 16.3 0.7 Pinch/60 20.3 4.7 Pinch/100 26.7 11.1

The Ct values indicate that PASS primers which have either Loop or Pinch Designs can all efficiently amplify the target gene (Table 25). When the Loop/2 design was compared to Target Loop designs with the lengths of the sequence of target which did not bind to the Target Loop PASS primer ranging from 20 (Loop/20) to 40 (Loop/40) to 60 (Loop/60) to 100 (Loop/100) and then 200 (Loop/200) the Ct values were increased by 1.4, 2.5, 4.4, 7.3 and 10.6 respectively (Table 25). This indicates that primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of targets which do not hybridize to the primer.

When the Loop/2 design was compared to the Pinch PASS primer designs with unbound sequence between S1 and S2 of 10 (Pinch/10), 20 (Pinch/40), 60 (Pinch/60) or 100 (Pinch/100) bases the Ct was increased by 0.5, 0.7, 4.7 and 11.1 respectively (Table 25). This demonstrates that Pinch primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of target which does not hybridize to the primer. The Ct values for the Pinch/60 (vi) and the Loop/60 (iv) were very comparable, indicating that Target Loop and Pinch PASS primers with up at least 60 bases of unhybridized target between cS1 and cS2 can function similarly and efficiently.

This example demonstrates that it will be feasible to use PASS primers which can “jump” over sequence in the target. This has application when, for example, it is desired to amplify two targets which have regions of homology and regions of variability. PASS primers (Pinch or Loop) can be designed to bind to homologous regions of the targets but not bind to variable regions. This can result in one primer that can amplify two targets with equal efficiency since the number of bases bound by the primer will be the same for the two targets.

Example 16 Investigation into PASS Partzymes and Pinch PASS Partzymes to Loop Out Different Lengths of Target Sequence

In a manner analogous to PASS primers or Pinch PASS primers, PASS partzymes or Pinch PASS partzymes can also be designed to loop out regions of sequence whether it is the partzyme sensor arm or the target sequence or both.

In this example, primers are designed to specifically amplify the TFRC gene and the MNAzyme comprises a first PASS or Pinch PASS partzyme and a second fully matched “standard” partzyme that binds adjacently on the amplified target sequence of interest. The PASS partzyme contains a USI region not complementary to the target sequence, which is located between two regions (S1 and S2) of sequence that are complementary to the target sequence (cS1 and cS2) of interest. The USI present in the PASS partzyme can be in planar formation where the number of non-complementary bases in the PASS partzyme match the number of unbound bases in the target sequence, which in this example was 5, 10 or 15 bp (FIG. 13 (i)) or looped where the number of non-complementary bases in the partzyme are greater or less than the number in the target sequence and the sequence (partzyme or target) bulges or loops out, which in this example the partzyme was looped out by 5, 10 or 15 bp (FIG. 13 (ii)). Alternatively, a Pinch PASS partzyme can be used which does not contain a USI but rather contains a USJ created when it binds to that target such that it loops out a region of target sequence in between two regions (S1 and S2) of sequence that are complementary to the target sequence (cS1 and cS2). The region looped out in this example by the Pinch PASS partzyme was 5, 10, 15, 20 or 40 bp long (FIG. 13 (iii)). The partzymes are designed such that formation of active MNAzymes from partzyme components could result in the cleavage of the universal probe labeled with fluorophore and quencher dye pair, producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time.

Each Planar, Loop and Pinch PASS partzyme was combined with PCR amplification for a readout in qPCR to determine if various scenarios of unbound target between cS1 and cS2 created by binding of the Loop or Planar PASS partzymes or Pinch PASS partzyme were compatible with detection of the TFRC gene and formation of an active MNAzyme producing a detectable signal in real-time.

16.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed that were either a) fully matched “standard” partzymes where the sensor arms were fully and consecutively complementary to the target sequence, b) “PASS” partzymes where a region of sequence not complementary to the amplicon (USI) has been inserted into the sensor arm between two regions that are complementary to the amplicon or c) Pinch PASS partzymes where a region of target sequence has been looped out between two regions that are complementary to the amplicon resulting the presence of a USJ in the sensor arm of the partzyme. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the bases in bold and underlined represent the two bases either side of the USJ and bases underlined are the USI which is mismatched with respect to all three target sequences. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B TFRC_2B/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 145 TGGACGAGGGAGGCTAGCTTCTGACTGGAAAACAGACTCTA partzyme A TFRC_2A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 146 CTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGGAGACTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A planar TFRC_2P2i15A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 147 AGAACTTACGCCTGCTTTCTGATTCTA ATTCACGTCTCATCA ACTGTCCC ACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A planar TFRC_2P2i10A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 148 TTACGCCTGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAAT CGTCTCATCA ACTGTCCCACAAC GAGAGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A planar TFRC_2P2i5A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 149 CCTGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGA CATCA ACTGTCCCACAACGAGAG GGTCGAG PASS partzyme A loop TFRC_2L2i15A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 150 TTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGG ATTCACGTCTCATCA ACTGTCCCAC AACGAGAGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A loop TFRC_2L2i10A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 151 TTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGG CGTCTCATCA ACTGTCCCACAACGA GAGGGTCGAG PASS partzyme A loop TFRC_2L2i5A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 152 TTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGG CATCA ACTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGG TCGAG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2pp40A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 153 CCCTGGGCAAGGAACAATAACTCA GA CTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2pp20A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 154 ACTCAGAACTTACGCCTGCTTTCTG AA CTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGA G Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2pp15A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 155 AGAACTTACGCCTGCTTTCTGATTCT AA CTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCG AG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2pp10A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 156 TTACGCCTGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAA TA CTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCG AG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2pp5A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 157 CCTGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGG AA CTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCG AG 16.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub84-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 158 CTCGACCCTCguCCCTCGTCCA 16.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of TFRC

The target sequence for this example was the TFRC gene in human genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). The oligonucleotide PCR primers are listed below. The sequence in bold at the 5′ termini of the primer sequences corresponds to a tag (T1 or T2) that increases the Tm of the primer without affecting the specificity of the primer to the gene target. These tags improve amplification efficiency in later rounds of the PCR reactions. Primer sequences are listed 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3TFRC_T2: SEQ ID NO: 159 CAGCTCTTTCAGCACATTGCTCACA Forward primer 5TFRC_T1: SEQ ID NO: 160 CTAACTGGGCAAGGAACAATAACTC 16.4. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 59° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 50° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 50° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 100 nM of partzyme A, as outlined in Table 26. All reactions contained 40 nM forward primer (5TFRC_T1), 200 nM of partzyme B (TFRC_2B/84-P), 200 nM of reverse primer (3TFRC_T2), 200 nM substrate (Sub84-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either IM9 gDNA (50 ng or 50 pg) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 26 Partzyme A Unique sequence (US) type (number of bases in the target amplicon that do Design not bind to the partzyme) Partzyme A Standard None TFRC_2A/84-P PASS Partzyme Planar USI (15) TFRC_2P2i15A/84-P Planar USI (10) TFRC_2P2i10A/84-P Planar USI (5) TFRC_2P2i5A/84-P Loop USI (15) TFRC_2L2i15A/84-P Loop USI (10) TFRC_2L2i10A/84-P Loop USI (5) TFRC_2L2i5A/84-P Pinch PASS USJ (40) TFRC_2pp40A/84-P partzyme USJ (20) TFRC_2pp20A/84-P USJ (15) TFRC_2pp15A/84-P USJ (10) TFRC_2pp10A/84-P USJ (5) TFRC_2pp5A/84-P 16.5. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

For all reactions, the fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzymes that then cleaved universal reporter substrate.

The PASS partzymes, whether loop or planar with 5, 10 or 15 bp of unique sequence all performed similarly with the maximum difference of 0.6 Ct for 50 ng of template and 0.7 Ct for 50 pg of template, when compared to the standard MNAzyme containing no PASS partzymes (Table 27).

TABLE 27 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR performed using PASS partzymes and Pinch PASS partzymes Unique sequence (US) type (number of bases in the target amplicon that do not Ct (Ave) Ct (Ave) Design bind to the partzyme) 50 ng 50 pg Standard None 15.1 26.1 PASS Partzyme Planar USI (5) 15.7 26.8 Loop USI (5) 15.4 26.7 Planar USI (10) 15.7 27.1 Loop USI (10) 15.5 26.1 Planar USI (15) 15.7 26.2 Loop USI (15) 15.6 25.7 Pinch PASS USJ (5) 14.7 24.7 partzyme USJ (10) 15.1 25.2 USJ (15) 15.3 25.9 USJ (20) 15.7 26.5 USJ (40) 24.2 38.9

A Pinch PASS partzyme, looping out 5 bp of amplicon, performed marginally better than the standard MNAzyme reaction. Increasing the size of the amplicon sequence looped out to 10, 15 and 20 bp, resulted in only a minimal shift in Ct with the maximum increase of 0.6 Ct for 50 ng of template and 0.4 Ct for 50 pg, when compared to the standard MNAzyme containing no PASS partzymes (Table 27). When a Pinch PASS partzyme looping out 40 bp of amplicon was compared to the standard MNAzyme the Ct increased by 9.1 and 21.8 (50 ng and 50 pg respectively). This indicates that larger regions up to 40 bp can be looped out of the amplicon if required, however it may impact on the Ct value under these experimental conditions.

Overall, detection of a target sequence using an MNAzyme that contains a PASS partzyme or a Pinch PASS partzyme that does not fully bind the amplicon sequence had minimal impact on the Ct value and sensitivity of the assays with all PASS varieties strongly detecting 50 pg of template, in a similar fashion to the standard MNAzyme assay. This demonstrates that an active MNAzyme can still form when one of the partzyme sensor arms is not fully matched to consecutive target sequence and in this experiment the looped out target sequence can be at least up to 40 bp.

Example 17 PASS Primers and Pinch PASS Primers Both Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Base Changes in Sequence

The specificity of the PASS primers containing either a USI or a USJ was demonstrated in assays targeting the point mutations in codon 12 of KRAS referred to as G12V and G12S. The example investigated the ability to detect the variants G12V and G12S and to discriminate these from wild type and other KRAS G12/G13 variants.

In this example, the size of the target specific region located between the target sequence complementary to the S1 and S2 regions of the Target Loop PASS primer was varied in size from 1 (FIG. 12 (iii)), to 20, 40, 60, 100 and 200 target bases for G12V and from 10, to 20, 40 and 60 target bases for G12S (FIG. 12 (i)). To achieve this the S1 region of the PASS primer was moved further 5′ such that the target sequence between the sequence complementary to the 3′ and 5′ target specific regions of the PASS primer had increasing sizes of non-complementary intervening target sequence looped out. The US in the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide is not an insert of non-complementary sequence per se but rather comprises a Unique Sequence Junction (USJ) created by juxtaposing two non-contiguous sequences of the target. In the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide the sequences S1 and S2 are complementary to the target and bind to two regions separated by intervening sequence. When the Pinch PASS oligonucleotide hybridises to the target the intervening target sequence loops out bringing the complementary target regions into close proximity creating amplicons which contain a USJ. In this example, Pinch PASS primers were tested with the size of the intervening target sequence located between the target sequence complementary to the S1 and S2 regions being 10 or 100 target bases for G12V and 10 target bases for G12S (FIG. 12 (ii)).

Each Target Loop PASS primer or Pinch PASS primer was combined with MNAzyme detection in qPCR with a fluorescent readout to determine if various scenarios of target looping by the Target Loop PASS primer or Pinch PASS primer influenced the specificity of the reaction with respect to the ability to discriminate the variant sequence from the wild type and/or other variants.

17.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the KRAS gene for the variant G12S or G12V and/or any cUS insert introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the bases in bold and underlined represent two bases either side of the USJ, bases underlined hybridise to the cUS insert and bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases (G12S or G12V) and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A: G12S_gi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 161 ACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

GTGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A: G12S_LT10A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 162 TGAATATA AG TTGGAG G T

GTGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme B rcKRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 63 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCTCCAACTACCACAAGTTT partzyme A rcG12V_LMi1A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 64 ACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A: rcG12V_LT10A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 164 ATCGTCA AC CTACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A: rcG12V_LT100A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 165 TGGTCCT GC CTACGC G A

CAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 17.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate were end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrates below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “TB” in the name of the substrates below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 17.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the USI (G12S insert i2 and rcG12V insert i1) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and italicised are the variant base, bases in bold and underlined are the USJ and bases underlined and italicised represent an additional base mismatched to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12S_gi2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 166 CCTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAA AGACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

Forward PASS primer 5G12S_LTi2(20): SEQ ID NO: 167 TATTATAAGGCCTGCTGAAAATGA AGACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

Forward PASS primer 5G12S_LTi2(40): SEQ ID NO: 168 ATATAGTCACATTTTCATTATTTTTATT AGACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

Forward PASS primer 5G12S_LTi2(60): SEQ ID NO: 169 GTGTGACATGTTCTAATATAGTC AGACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

Forward Pinch PASS primer 5G12S_LT10: SEQ ID NO: 170 CCTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATA AG TTGGAG G T

Reverse primer 3rcKRAS: SEQ ID NO: 65 TATTAAAAGGTACTGGTGGAGTA Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LM3i1Loop: SEQ ID NO: 66 CTGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTT CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LTi1(20): SEQ ID NO: 172 CACAAAATGATTCTGAATTAGCT CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LTi1(40): SEQ ID NO: 173 TTGTTGGATCATATTCGTCCAC CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LTi1(60): SEQ ID NO: 174 ATATTAAAACAAGATTTACCTCTATT CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LTi1(100): SEQ ID NO: 175 TATCTGTATCAAAGAATGGTCCTG CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward PASS primer 5rcG12V_LTi1(200): SEQ ID NO: 176 TGGTTACATATAACTTGAAACCCAA CACAATCAGT CCTACGC G A

Forward Pinch PASS primer 5rcG12V_LT10: SEQ ID NO: 177 TTCTGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCA AC CTACGC G A

Forward Pinch PASS primer 5rcG12V_LT100: SEQ ID NO: 178 TATCTGTATCAAAGAATGGTCCT GC CTACGC G A

17.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the A549 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12S and human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. Human gDNA extracted from the cell lines IM9 (wild type), Calu1 (G12C), MDA-MB231 (G13D) and SW480 (G12V) were used as negative control template for KRAS variant G12S and human gDNA extracted from the cell lines IM9 and Calu1 were used as negative control template for the KRAS variant G12V.

17.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds, 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). Reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward PASS primer, 100 nM partzyme A, 200 nM of reverse primer and 200 nM partzyme B (the combinations are listed in Table 28). All reactions contained 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline). Either 35 ng of A549 gDNA template was used as a positive control for KRAS G12S target and 35 ng of SW480 (G12V), IM9 (WT), Calu1 (G12C) and MDA-MB231(MDA) (G13D) was used as negative controls, 35 ng of SW480 gDNA template was used as a positive control for KRAS G12V target and 35 ng of IM9 (WT) was used as negative control and additional controls contained no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 28 Primer/partzyme combinations for the variant assays # of Partzyme target B & bases Forward PASS Reverse between US Design Primer Design Partzyme A Primer primer S1 & S2 type Name KRAS variant G12S PASS Primers G12S_gi2A/ 5G12S_gi2Planar KRAS_B/ 10 USI Planar/10 with USI 55-P 5G12S_LTi2(20) 55-P & 20 USI Loop/20 5G12S_LTi2(40) 3KRAS 40 USI Loop/40 5G12S_LTi2(60) 60 USI Loop/60 Pinch PASS G12S_LT10A/ 5G12S_LT10 10 USJ Pinch/10 Primer with 55-P USJ KRAS variant G12V PASS Primers rcG12V_LMi1A/ 5rcG12V_LM3i1Loop rcKRAS_B/ 1 USI Loop/1 with USI 55-P 5rcG12V_LTi1(20) 55-P & 20 USI Loop/20 5rcG12V_LTi1(40) 3rcKRAS 40 USI Loop/40 5rcG12V_LTi1(60) 60 USI Loop/60 5rcG12V_LTi1(100) 100 USI Loop/100 5rcG12V_LTi1(200) 200 USI Loop/200 Pinch PASS rcG12V_LT10A/ 5rcG12V_LT10 10 USJ Pinch/10 Primer with 55-P USJ rcG12V_LT100A/ 5rcG12V_LT100 100 USJ Pinch/100 55-P 17.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification and detection are summarised in the following Table 29.

TABLE 29 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme combinations ΔCt from Design Design Name Test Template Ct (Ave) positive KRAS variant G12S Planar PASS primer Planar/10 Positive G12S (A549) 20.2 with USI Negative WT (IM9) 33.7 13.4 (no target loop) Negative G12C (Calu1) 39.5 19.3 Negative G12V (SW480) 31.9 11.7 Negative G13D (MDA) 34.0 13.7 Target Loop PASS Loop/20 Positive G12S (A549) 23.2 Primers with USI Negative WT (IM9) 35.2 12.0 (target looped out) Negative G12C (Calu1) 39.8 16.6 Negative G12V (SW480) 35.9 12.7 Negative G13D (MDA) 40.3 17.0 Loop/40 Positive G12S (A549) 26.4 Negative WT (IM9) 40.5 14.1 Negative G12C (Calu1) 40.4* 14.1 Negative G12V (SW480) 39.8 13.4 Negative G13D (MDA) 41.4 15.0 Loop/60 Positive G12S (A549) 27.3 Negative WT (IM9) 39.9 11.6 Negative G12C (Calu1) 41.2* 13.9 Negative G12V (SW480) 36.7 9.4 Negative G13D (MDA) 38.8 11.5 Pinch PASS Primer Pinch/10 Positive G12S (A549) 20.9 with a USJ Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >29.1 (target looped out) Negative G12C (Calu1) No Ct >29.1 Negative G12V (SW480) No Ct >29.1 Negative G13D (MDA) No Ct >29.1 KRAS variant G12SV Loop PASS primer Loop/1 Positive G12V (SW480) 18.5 with USI Negative WT (IM9) 38.1 19.6 (primer looped out) Target Loop PASS Loop/20 Positive G12V (SW480) 21.5 primer with USI Negative WT (IM9) 47.3 25.8 (target looped out) Loop/40 Positive G12V (SW480) 25.0 Negative WT (IM9) 46.6* 21.6 Loop/60 Positive G12V (SW480) 31.5 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >18.5 Loop/100 Positive G12V (SW480) 32.9 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >17.1 Loop/200 Positive G12V (SW480) 36.7 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >13.3 Pinch PASS Primer Pinch/10 Positive G12V (SW480) 19.3 with a USJ Negative WT (IM9) 37.0 17.7 (target looped out) Pinch/100 Positive G12V (SW480) 32.6 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >17.4 *Ct value for single replicate, other replicate did not produced signal, Ct not averaged N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

The Ct values (Table 29) indicate that the PASS primers which have either Target Loop or Pinch Designs can all amplify the target genes. When the G12S Planar/10 design was compared to the Target Loop designs where the length of the sequence of target which did not bind to the PASS primer was increased from 20 (Loop/20) to 40 (Loop/40) and then 60 (Loop/60) the Ct values were increased by 3.0, 6.2 and 7.1 respectively. The specificity was also influenced by the size of the target loop with Planar/10, containing no target loop, the most specific with regards to off target signal from the wild type but Loop/20 and Loop/40 displaying greater specificity with regards to off target signal from for the other variant sequences. This indicates that primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of targets which do not hybridize to the primer, and that this can further improve the specificity of the assay.

When a Pinch PASS primer was used with unbound non-complementary sequence in the target between S1 and S2 of 10 bases for G12S (Pinch/10), the Ct was increased by 0.7 when compared to the original Planar PASS primer indicting efficient priming by Pinch/10 (Table 29). However the specificity was superior for the Pinch PASS primers with no signal evident for any of the negative controls. This demonstrates that Pinch PASS primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of targets which do not hybridize to the primer and that this may improve the specificity of the reaction.

When the G12V Loop/1 PASS primer design was compared to Loop Target designs where the length of the sequence of target which did not bind to the Target Loop PASS primer between S1 and S2 was increased from 20 (Loop/20) to 40 (Loop/40), 60 (Loop/60), 100 (Loop/100) and then 200 (Loop/200) the Ct values were increased by 3.0, 7.5, 13, 14.4 and 18.2 respectively (Table 29). The specificity was also influenced by the size of the target loop with the most specific reactions coming from Loop/20, Loop/40 and Loop/60. However compared to Loop/20 the Ct of the positive reactions was increased for Loop/40 and Loop/60. When the loop was 100 or 200 bp (Loop/100 or Loop/200) the specificity advantage was lost as the Ct was greatly increased. This indicates that primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of targets which do not hybridize to the primer, and that this can further improve the specificity of the assay.

When a Pinch PASS primer G12V (Pinch/10) (which had unbound sequence between S1 and S2 of 10 bases) was used, the Ct was increased by 0.8 when compared to the original Loop PASS primer (Loop/1) indicting efficient priming by Pinch/10 (Table 29). The specificity was also comparable. When a Pinch PASS primer with unbound sequence between S1 and S2 of 100 bp was used the Ct was increased by 14.1 when compared to the Loop/1 while maintaining a good level of specificity (Table 29). This demonstrates that Pinch PASS primers can bind to and extend from the target despite the presence of long sequence stretches of targets which do not hybridize to the primer and that this may improve the specificity of the reaction.

This example demonstrates that it will be feasible to use PASS primers which can “jump” over sequence in the target. Further the type of PASS primer whether it contains a USJ or USI can be screened to determine the most specific assay when variant sequences are to be discriminated.

Example 18 Comparing the Sensitivity of PASS Primers to Wobble-Enhanced ARMS (WE-ARMS) Primers Both Combined with Either Allele Specific MNAzyme, Generic MNAzyme or TaqMan® to Detect Single Bases Changes in a Sequence

In this example, the KRAS point mutation in codon 12 referred to as G12V is assayed using serial dilutions of the G12V template in a background of wild type KRAS template. Dilutions of 1 in 10, 100 and 1000 of G12V in a background of wild type were tested.

The design 3 (FIG. 7) planar PASS primers are used for the amplification of G12V sequence. This was compared to the G12V WE-ARMS primers. The PASS primers were combined with an allele specific MNAzyme qPCR readout, a generic MNAzyme qPCR readout or a TaqMan® probe readout. In allele specific systems the MNAzyme binding region overlaps with the primer binding regions (PASS or WE-ARMS primers); whereas in the generic systems the MNAzyme or TaqMan® probes were located internal to the amplicon with no overlap to sequence related to the PASS or WE-ARMS primers. In the PASS assays the allele specific MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence containing the complement of the variant (mutant) base and the mismatch base introduced by the PASS primer. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within amplified target sequence of interest. The generic MNAzyme and TaqMan® probe both bind to sequence downstream of the variant (mutant) base and these assays rely on the primer only to confer specificity for the mutation since they do not provide any inherent mechanism for discrimination between wild type and mutant sequence. The WE-ARMS primers were combined with MNAzymes with either an allele specific MNAzyme qPCR readout, generic MNAzyme qPCR readout or a TaqMan® probe. In these WE-ARMS primer assays the allele specific MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to amplified target sequence containing the complement of the variant (mutant) base and the mismatch base introduced by the WE-ARMS primer. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within the amplified target sequence of interest. The generic MNAzyme and TaqMan® probe both bind to sequence downstream of the variant (mutant) base and as before do not provide any additional mechanism for discrimination between wild type and mutant sequence.

PASS primers were compared to WE-ARMS primers to investigate the efficiency, linearity and sensitivity of each amplification and detection strategy.

18.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

The allele specific MNAzymes were designed with partzymes that specifically target the G12V sequence and any mismatch introduced via a primer as well as cUS insert in the case of the PASS primer. The generic MNAzyme was designed with partzymes that do not bind to the variant base or to any additional mismatches introduced via a primer ie in the case of the PASS primer they do not bind to the cUS. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the US insert (i2) which is mismatched with respect to the starting template. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant (mutant) bases and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT PASS partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_MA/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 44 TGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A KRAS_5A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 179 GCTAATTCAGAATCATTTTGTGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme B KRAS_5B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 180 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGACGAATATGATCCAACAATAG 18.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrates below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “TB” in the name of the substrates below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 18.3. TaqMan® Probe

The TaqMan® probe was designed such that it did not bind to the variant base or to any mismatch introduced via a primer, nor with the cUS in the case of the PASS primer. The TaqMan® probe was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the probe below) and a minor groove binding moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “MGB” in the name of the probe below). Cleavage of the TaqMan® probe was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). In the following sequence the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest. The sequence is are written 5′ to 3′.

TaqMan probe KRAS_5-FMGB: SEQ ID NO: 181 CAAGAGTGCCTTGACGATAC 18.4. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the US insert i2 which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and underlined are the variant base and bases italicised represent an additional base mismatched (M) to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM4i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 87 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G T Forward WE-ARMS primer 5G12V_M: SEQ ID NO: 46 CTTGTGGTAGTTGGAGC C G T 18.5. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the KRAS gene containing the variant point mutation G12V. A calibration curve was made by serially diluting SW480 in a constant background of the KRAS wild type gDNA, extracted from the cell line K562.

18.6. Reaction Components: Amplification and Quantitation of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and quantitation of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were run in duplicate and conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 60 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 54° C. for 20 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). MNAzyme reactions contained 40 nM forward primer, 100 nM partzyme A, and 200 nM partzyme B (the combinations are listed in Table 30) as well as 400 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB) and 8 mM MgCl₂. TaqMan reactions contained 300 nM forward primer, 900 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 250 nM TaqMan® probe (KRAS_5-FMGB) and 4 mM MgCl₂. All reactions contained 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either SW480 gDNA template (35 ng), SW480 gDNA template diluted 1 in 10, 1 in 100 or 1 in 1000 in a constant background of K562 gDNA template (35 ng), K562 gDNA template (35 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 30 Oligonucleotide combinations for the variant assays Primer Forward TaqMan ® Reverse Design qPCR readout Primer Partzyme A & B Probe primer PASS Allele specific 5G12V_LM4i G12V_LMi2A/55-P — 3KRAS MNAzyme 2Planar & KRAS_B/55-P Generic KRAS_5A/55-P & — MNAzyme KRAS_5B/55-P TaqMan ® probe — KRAS_5-FMGB WE_ARMS Allele specific 5G12V_M G12V_MA/55-P & — MNAzyme KRAS_B/55-P Generic KRAS_5A/55-P & — MNAzyme KRAS_5B/55-P TaqMan ® probe — KRAS_5-FMGB 18.7. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS and WE-ARMS forward primers were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection and quantification of the KRAS point mutation (G12V). MNAzymes were designed to be either allele specific and hence tailored for detection of the complement of either the specific PASS or WE-ARMS primers used to amplify the mutant sequence; or MNAzymes were generic whereby the sequence hybridized to the MNAzyme was present in all amplicons produced from amplification of the target KRAS variant or from the off-target wild type. Similarly a TaqMan® probe was also designed that would bind sequence present in all KRAS variants and wild type amplicons. These reactions showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the reaction contained target sequence specific for G12V (Table 31).

The SW480 DNA template, specific for G12V, was serially diluted 10-fold in a background of K562 template which contains G12. The serial dilutions of DNA were amplified with either a PASS or WE-ARMS forward primer and detected in real-time with either an allele specific MNAzyme, a generic MNAzyme or a TaqMan® probe, the Ct of each dilution is shown in Table 31. The Ct values shown in the table are an average of the results for duplicate reactions. The ΔCt values indicate the difference in the number of cycles observed for detection of KRAS mutant amplicons compared to off-target wild type control amplicons when equal amounts of DNA were present.

The Ct values for detection with the allele specific MNAzyme are slightly increased compared to the generic MNAzyme and the TaqMan® probe (Table 31); however this novel design provided greater specificity to the reaction. The use of the PASS primer with the allele specific MNAzyme resulted in a very specific reaction with no signal being generated from the wild type negative control. Combining the allele specific MNAzyme with the WE-ARMS primer also improved the specificity of the reaction increasing the ΔCt between mutant and wildtype to 16.9 opposed to 8.7 and 7.0 for the generic MNAzyme and the TaqMan® probe respectively.

Applying a PASS primer instead of a WE-ARMS primer with a generic MNAzyme or TaqMan® probe readout showed greater specificity, with an increased ΔCt, when compared to a WE-ARMS primer (Table 31). Further the use of a PASS primer increased the limit of detection of G12V sequence from the wild type. Using a WE-ARMS primer the generic MNAzyme could not clearly discriminate between 1 in 100 mutant dilution and the negative control (K562—wild type) with Ct difference of 1.2. In contrast, the PASS primer easily allowed detection of 1 in 100 and had a Ct difference of 1.6 between the 1 in 1000 dilution and the negative control. A similar advantage was also seen when using PASS primers compared with the WE-ARMS with a TaqMan® readout. Using a WE-ARMS primer the TaqMan® readout could not clearly discriminate between 1 in 100 and the negative control (K562—wild type) with a Ct difference of 0.2; whereas the PASS primer easily detected 1 in 100 and had a Ct difference of 0.6 between the 1 in 1000 sample and the negative control. This demonstrates that the advantages of PASS primers are inherent to the design of the PASS primer and superior results are not just associated with the method used for a readout (allele specific MNAzymes versus generic MNAzyme versus TaqMan® probes). As demonstrated in this experiment, the PASS primers also have advantages when coupled to other qPCR chemistries such as TaqMan®. Further, PASS primers could be combined with additional qPCR chemistries such as Molecular Beacons or Scorpion probes.

TABLE 31 Ct values for G12V PASS vs. WE-ARMS primer after amplification of mutant DNA (SW480) or wild type DNA (K562) or dilutions of SW480 in K562 DNA. The lowest dilution which could be discriminated from wild type with a ΔCt of at least 2 cycles is underlined for each technology combination. PASS primer WE-ARMS Template Ct (Ave) primer Ct (Ave) Allele specific 35 ng SW480 33.0 32.2 MNAzyme 1 in 10 37.7 37.6 1 in 100 40.9 42.0 1 in 1000 43.6 50.2 35 ng K562 No Ct 49.1 ΔCt — 16.9 35 ng SW480 to K562 Generic 35 ng SW480 29.1 28.1 MNAzyme 1 in 10 33.7 32.8 1 in 100 37.1 35.6 1 in 1000 39.8 36.4 35 ng K562 41.4 36.8 ΔCt 12.3  8.7 35 ng SW480 to K562 TaqMan ® 35 ng SW480 26.4 25.7 probe 1 in 10 31.2 30.1 1 in 100 34.8 32.3 1 in 1000 38.1 32.9 35 ng K562 38.7 32.7 ΔCt 12.3  7.0 35 ng SW480 to K562

Example 19 Comparing Different Unique Sequences (US) in PASS Primers Combined with an MNAzyme Readout

In this example, fifteen different unique sequences (US) were inserted into the PASS primer specific for the CCB gene. PASS primers containing the US insert in either a loop or planar formation contained the US i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11 (Table 32).

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence that is tailored for CCB. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers and partzymes were designed for each US to determine if the various unique sequences were compatible with amplification and detection of a gene.

TABLE 32 Number and sequence for each US insert Insert number Sequence (5′ to 3′) i1 (SEQ ID NO: 182) CACAATCAGT i1a (SEQ ID NO: 183) CACAATGATG i2 (SEQ ID NO: 184) AGACATACTA i2a (SEQ ID NO: 185) AGACAGTTAC i2b (SEQ ID NO: 186) AGAGTCATTC i3 (SEQ ID NO: 187) CGTTGGCTAC i4 (SEQ ID NO: 188) TCAATACCAT i5 (SEQ ID NO: 189) GATTCGAGAA i5a (SEQ ID NO: 190) GATTCGAGTT i6 (SEQ ID NO: 191) GTTACCTGAA i7 (SEQ ID NO: 192) CATTAGTGCC i8 (SEQ ID NO: 193) CATTGACAGA i9 (SEQ ID NO: 194) CGAAAGCGAC i10 (SEQ ID NO: 195) CGTCTCATCA i11 (SEQ ID NO: 196) GGATTAGATC 19.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the CCB gene plus any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequence inserts (i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B CCBB/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 86 TGCCCAGGGAGGCTAGCTGGTCCATGGCTTCTGGGTA partzyme A CCB_2i1A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 197 CACAATCAGT CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i1aA/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 198 CACAATGATG CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 89 AGACATACTA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i2aA/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 199 AGACAGTTAC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2ibA/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 200 AGAGTCATTC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i3A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 201 GTTGGCTAC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i4A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 202 TCAATACCAT CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i5A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 203 GATTCGAGAA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i5aA/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 204 GATTCGAGTT CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i6A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 205 GTTACCTGAA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i7A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 206 CATTAGTGCC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i8A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 207 CATTGACAGA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i9A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 208 GAAAGCGAC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i10A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 209 CGTCTCATCA CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT partzyme A CCB_2i11A/2-P: SEQ ID NO: 210 GGATTAGATC CCAGAGCCCAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT 19.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub2-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 94 AAGGTTTCCTCguCCCTGGGCA 19.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of CCB DNA

In vitro amplification of the CCB gene in human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the forward primer was specific for CCB and contained US insert (i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11). In the following sequences bases underlined are the unique sequence inserts which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. The L represents the US in loop formation and the P represents the US in planar formation. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3CCB: SEQ ID NO: 7 CTCAGGAATTTCCCAGCTAC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi1: SEQ ID NO: 211 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCACAATCAGTCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li1: SEQ ID NO: 212 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCACAATCAGTCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi1a: SEQ ID NO: 213 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCACAATGATGCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li1a: SEQ ID NO: 214 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCACAATGATGCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li2: SEQ ID NO: 215 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi2: SEQ ID NO: 216 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACATACTACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi2a: SEQ ID NO: 217 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGACAGTTACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li2a: SEQ ID NO: 218 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATAGACAGTTACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi2b: SEQ ID NO: 219 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGAGAGTCATTCCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li2b: SEQ ID NO: 220 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATAGAGTCATTCCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi3: SEQ ID NO: 221 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCGTTGGCTACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li3: SEQ ID NO: 222 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCGTTGGCTACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi4: SEQ ID NO: 223 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGTCAATACCATCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li4 SEQ ID NO: 224 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATTCAATACCATCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi5 SEQ ID NO: 225 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGGATTCGAGAACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li5 SEQ ID NO: 226 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATGATTCGAGAACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi5a: SEQ ID NO: 227 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGGATTCGAGTTCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li5a: SEQ ID NO: 228 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATGATTCGAGTTCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi6: SEQ ID NO: 229 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGGTTACCTGAACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li6: SEQ ID NO: 230 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATGTTACCTGAACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi7: SEQ ID NO: 231 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCATTAGTGCCCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li7: SEQ ID NO: 232 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCATTAGTGCCCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi8: SEQ ID NO: 233 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCATTGACAGACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li8: SEQ ID NO: 234 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCATTGACAGACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi9: SEQ ID NO: 235 CTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCGAAAGCGACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li9: SEQ ID NO: 236 TTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCTCGAAAGCGACCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi10: SEQ ID NO: 237 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGCGTCTCATCACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li10: SEQ ID NO: 238 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATCGTCTCATCACCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Pi11: SEQ ID NO: 239 CTCTTGTCTCAGTTCTTCTTGGGGATTAGATCCCAGAGC Forward PASS primer 5CCB_Li11: SEQ ID NO: 240 TCAGTTCTTCTTGGATGGTCATGGATTAGATCCCAGAGC 19.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the IM9 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the CCB gene.

19.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 52° C.). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 200 nM partzyme A (as outlined in Table 33), 200 nM of reverse primer (3CCB), 200 nM partzyme B (CCBB/2-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub2-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either IM9 gDNA template (50 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 33 Forward PASS Primer and partzyme A combinations. Unique sequence Partzyme A Forward PASS Primer PASS type Insert 1 CCB_2i1A/2-P 5CCB_Li1 Loop 5CCB_Pi1 Planar Insert 1a CCB_2i1aA/2-P 5CCB_Li1a Loop 5CCB_Pi1a Planar Insert 2 CCB_2i2A/2-P 5CCB_Li2 Loop 5CCB_Pi2 Planar Insert 2a CCB_2i2aA/2-P 5CCB_Li2a Loop 5CCB_Pi2a Planar Insert 2b CCB_2i2bA/2-P 5CCB_Li2b Loop 5CCB_Pi2b Planar Insert 3 CCB_2i3A/2-P 5CCB_Li3 Loop 5CCB_Pi3 Planar Insert 4 CCB_2i4A/2-P 5CCB_Li4 Loop 5CCB_Pi4 Planar Insert 5 CCB_2i5A/2-P 5CCB_Li5 Loop 5CCB_Pi5 Planar Insert 5a CCB_2i5aA/2-P 5CCB_Li5a Loop 5CCB_Pi5a Planar Insert 6 CCB_2i6A/2-P 5CCB_Li6 Loop 5CCB_Pi6 Planar Insert 7 CCB_2i7A/2-P 5CCB_Li7 Loop 5CCB_Pi7 Planar Insert 8 CCB_2i8A/2-P 5CCB_Li8 Loop 5CCB_Pi8 Planar Insert 9 CCB_2i9A/2-P 5CCB_Li9 Loop 5CCB_Pi9 Planar Insert 10 CCB_2i10A/2-P 5CCB_Li10 Loop 5CCB_Pi10 Planar Insert 11 CCB_2i11A/2-P 5CCB_Li11 Loop 5CCB_Pi11 Planar 19.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

In reactions containing the CCB PASS primer (Planar and Loop) comprising US, i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11, the Ct values for 50 ng gDNA (IM9) indicated successful amplification and detection (Table 34).

The Cts of the Loop PASS primer assays showed very little variation for the insert sequences i1, i1a, i2, i2b, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i10 and i11, with Cts ranging from 21.3 to 22.9 (Table 34). The other Loop PASS primers i2a, i3, i4, and i9 had Cts ranging from 26.0 to 30.9 (Table 34 (underlined)) indicating that the unique sequence impacted on the efficiency of amplification when coupled with this target under theses reaction conditions. Analysis of secondary structure of the amplicon generated from the Loop PASS primers containing the unique sequences for inserts i2a, i3, or i4 showed potential formation of a strong hairpin which may impact amplification efficiency.

The Cts of the Planar PASS primer assays showed very little variation for the insert sequences i1, i1a, i2, i2b, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i10 and i11, with Cts ranging from 21.2 to 22.5 (Table 34). The other Planar PASS primers i2a, i3, and i9 had Cts ranging from 25.0 to 29.0 (Table 34 (underlined)) indicating the unique sequence impacted on the efficiency of amplification when coupled with this target under theses reaction conditions. Analysis of secondary structure of the amplicon generated from the Planar PASS primers containing the unique sequences for inserts i2a and i3 showed potential formation of a strong hairpin which may impact amplification efficiency.

Overall, eleven (Loop) and twelve (Planar) of the fifteen US inserts were suitable for analysis of CCB sequence. However, the experiment demonstrated that a variety of different unique insert sequences can be used for amplification and detection of the same target and if amplification efficiency appears to be affected then testing another insert sequence may improve the signal. Those US inserts which did not perform well within the context of this CCB amplicon may be useful in PASS systems targeting other genes.

TABLE 34 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme combinations for CCB assays PASS IM9 50 ng PASS IM9 50 ng Design Insert # Ct (Ave) Design Insert # Ct (Ave) Loop 1 21.3 Planar 1 21.3  1a 22.0  1a 22.0 2 21.9 2 21.9  2a 26.5  2a 27.4  2b 22.4  2b 22.5 3 30.9 3 29.0 4 26.0 4 21.6 5 21.6 5 21.6  5a 21.4  5a 21.2 6 21.4 6 21.7 7 22.0 7 22.2 8 22.9 8 21.7 9 27.2 9 25.0 10  21.3 10  21.2 11  22.0 11  22.5

Example 20 Comparing Different Unique Sequence Inserts in PASS Primers and Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Base Changes in Sequence

PASS primers can be designed to discriminate between two sequences that vary by a single base, such that the target-specific 3′ end (S2) contains the variant base and a mismatched base (FIG. 2 (i) and (ii) bottom). Further the US can be different for each variant adding another level of selectivity and specificity (FIG. 3).

In this example, fifteen different unique sequences were inserted into the PASS primer for the reverse complement KRAS wild type sequence in codon 12 referred to as rcG12. PASS primers containing the US in either a loop or planar formation were designed to be specific for the G12 sequence and contained the US inserts i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11 (Table 32).

The PASS primers are combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence containing the complement of the wild type sequence and mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers and partzymes were designed for each US to determine if the various scenarios improved reaction efficiency and specificity for the KRAS wild type G12 over the mutation variant G12S.

20.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the wild type rcG12 of the KRAS gene plus any cUS insert and mismatch introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, bases bold and underlined represent the wild type variant base that is different when compared to the G12S template, bases underlined and in italics represent a mismatched base and bases underlined are the unique sequences inserts (i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11) which are mismatched with respect to the starting template. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B: rcG12_2B/55-P SEQ ID NO: 241 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCT CTCCAACTACCACAAGTTTATA partzyme A: rcG12_2i1A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 242 CACAATCAGT ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i1aA/55-P SEQ ID NO: 243 CACAATGATG ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 244 AGACATACTA ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i2aA/55-P SEQ ID NO: 245 AGACAGTTAC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i2bA/55-P SEQ ID NO: 246 AGAGTCATTC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i3A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 247 GTTGGCTAC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i4A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 248 CAATACCAT ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A: rcG12_2i5A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 249 GATTCGAGAA ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i5aA/55-P SEQ ID NO: 250 GATTCGAGTT ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i6A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 251 GTTACCTGAA ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i7A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 252 CATTAGTGCC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i8A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 253 CATTGACAGA ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i9A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 254 GAAAGCGAC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i10A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 255 CGTCTCATCA ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG partzyme A: rcG12_2i11A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 256 GGATTAGATC ACGCC T C C AGACAACGAGAGGTGCGG 20.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 20.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of the KRAS gene in human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. PASS primers are designed so that the forward primer was specific for the wild type and contained US insert (i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11). In the following sequences bases underlined are the unique sequence inserts which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases bold and underlined represent the wild type variant base that is different when compared to the G12S template, and bases italicised represent a base mismatched to the target. The L represents the US in loop formation and the P represents the US in planar formation. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′

Reverse primer: 3rcKRAS SEQ ID NO: 65 TATTAAAAGGTACTGGTGGAGTA Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i1L SEQ ID NO: 257 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CACAATCAGT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i1P SEQ ID NO: 258 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CACAATCAGT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i1aL SEQ ID NO: 259 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CACAATGATG ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i1aP SEQ ID NO: 260 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CACAATGATG ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2L SEQ ID NO: 261 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTG CAGACATACTA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2P SEQ ID NO: 262 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC AGACATACTA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2aL SEQ ID NO: 263 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC AGACAGTTAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2aP SEQ ID NO: 264 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC AGACAGTTAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2bL SEQ ID NO: 265 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC AGAGTCATTC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i2bP SEQ ID NO: 266 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC AGAGTCATTC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i3L SEQ ID NO: 267 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CGTTGGCTAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i3P SEQ ID NO: 268 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CGTTGGCTAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i4L SEQ ID NO: 269 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC TCAATACCAT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i4P SEQ ID NO: 270 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC TCAATACCAT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i5L SEQ ID NO: 271 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC GATTCGAGAA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i5P SEQ ID NO: 272 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC GATTCGAGAA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i5aL SEQ ID NO: 273 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC GATTCGAGTT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i5aP SEQ ID NO: 274 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC GATTCGAGTT ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i6L SEQ ID NO: 275 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC GTTACCTGAA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i6P SEQ ID NO: 276 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC GTTACCTGAA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i7L SEQ ID NO: 277 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CATTAGTGCC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i7P SEQ ID NO: 278 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CATTAGTGCC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i8L SEQ ID NO: 279 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CATTGACAGA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i8P SEQ ID NO: 280 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CATTGACAGA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i9L SEQ ID NO: 281 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CGAAAGCGAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i9P SEQ ID NO: 282 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CGAAAGCGAC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i10L SEQ ID NO: 283 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC CGTCTCATCA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i10P SEQ ID NO: 284 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC CGTCTCATCA ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i11L SEQ ID NO: 285 TGTATCGTCAAGGCACTCTTGC GGATTAGATC ACGCC T C C Forward PASS primer: 5rcG12_i11P SEQ ID NO: 286 TGAATTAGCTGTATCGTCAAGGC GGATTAGATC ACGCC T C C 20.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the IM9 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the wild type KRAS gene and human gDNA extracted from the A549 cell line as a negative control containing the homozygous point mutation G12S.

20.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C.). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (as outlined in Table 35), 200 nM of reverse primer (3rcKRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (rcG12_2B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either IM9 gDNA template (35 ng) as a Test, A549 gDNA template (35 ng) as a negative control or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 35 Forward PASS Primer and partzyme A combinations. Unique sequence Partzyme A Forward Primer PASS type Insert 1 rcG12_2i1A/55-P 5rcG12_i1L Loop 5rcG12_i1P Planar Insert 1a rcG12_2i1aA/55-P 5rcG12_i1aL Loop 5rcG12_i1aP Planar Insert 2 rcG12_2i2A/55-P 5rcG12_i2L Loop 5rcG12_i2P Planar Insert 2a rcG12_2i2aA/55-P 5rcG12_i2aL Loop 5rcG12_i2aP Planar Insert 2b rcG12_2i2bA/55-P 5rcG12_i2bL Loop 5rcG12_i2bP Planar Insert 3 rcG12_2i3A/55-P 5rcG12_i3L Loop 5rcG12_i3P Planar Insert 4 rcG12_2i4A/55-P 5rcG12_i4L Loop 5rcG12_i4P Planar Insert 5 rcG12_2i5A/55-P 5rcG12_i5L Loop 5rcG12_i5P Planar Insert 5a rcG12_2i5aA/55-P 5rcG12_i5aL Loop 5rcG12_i5aP Planar Insert 6 rcG12_2i6A/55-P 5rcG12_i6L Loop 5rcG12_i6P Planar Insert 7 rcG12_2i7A/55-P 5rcG12_i7L Loop 5rcG12_i7P Planar Insert 8 rcG12_2i8A/55-P 5rcG12_i8L Loop 5rcG12_i8P Planar Insert 9 rcG12_2i9A/55-P 5rcG12_i9L Loop 5rcG12_i9P Planar Insert 10 rcG12_2i10A/55-P 5rcG12_i10L Loop 5rcG12_i10P Planar Insert 11 rcG12_2i11A/55-P 5rcG12_i11L Loop 5rcG12_i11P Planar 20.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

PASS primers containing different US inserts were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection of the KRAS wild type (G12). This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was Test human gDNA (K562) amplified via PCR. The fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

In reactions containing wild type G12 PASS primer (Planar and Loop) comprising US, i1, i1a, i2, i2a, i2b, i3, i4, i5, i5a, i6, i7, i8, i9, i10 or i11, the Ct values for the “Test” DNA (K562) indicated successful amplification and detection of the wild type KRAS allele in K562. The signal for the “Negative control” (G12S) reached threshold Ct values as shown in Table 36 indicating that some background signal was produced when variant allele was used, and that the ΔCt values between wild type and variant G12S could be influenced by the composition of the unique sequence inserted into the PASS primer.

The Cts of the Loop PASS primer assays for the Test sample showed very little variation with Cts ranging from 18.6 to 21.3 however the negative controls had Cts ranging from 29.7 to 37.3 indicating the US could impact on the specificity of the reaction (Table 36). For the Loop PASS primer the greatest ΔCt calculated between the Test and the negative control was 18.5 when US i7 was used this was followed by US i3 and i9 both with ΔCts>15. The ΔCts for the other US inserts were all very similar.

The Cts of the Planar PASS primer assays for the Test sample showed very little variation with Cts ranging from 17.9 to 20.9 however the negative controls had Cts ranging from 26.1 to 33.9 indicating the US could impact on the specificity for the reaction (Table 36). For the Planar PASS primer the greatest ΔCt calculated between the Test and the negative control was 11.8 when US i6 was used. All of the other ΔCts for the other US inserts were very similar falling within 2.3 Cts of each other.

TABLE 36 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme A combinations for the wild type and mutant assays Design US inserted Reaction type Ct ΔCt from Test Insert 1 Loop Test 18.6 14.0 Negative control 32.6 Planar Test 18.5 8.4 Negative control 26.9 Insert 1a Loop Test 19.0 11.2 Negative control 30.2 Planar Test 18.4 8.4 Negative control 26.8 Insert 2 Loop Test 19.3 11.1 Negative control 30.4 Planar Test 18.8 9.0 Negative control 27.8 Insert 2a Loop Test 19.1 11.3 Negative control 30.4 Planar Test 18.8 9.1 Negative control 27.9 Insert 2b Loop Test 18.8 12.3 Negative control 31.1 Planar Test 19.0 8.8 Negative control 27.8 Insert 3 Loop Test 19.5 15.3 Negative control 34.8 Planar Test 19.5 8.0 Negative control 27.5{circumflex over ( )} Insert 4 Loop Test 19.0 12.4 Negative control 31.4 Planar Test 18.9 11.1 Negative control 30{circumflex over ( )} Insert 5 Loop Test 18.6 11.4 Negative control 30.0 Planar Test 19.8 10.5 Negative control 30.2 Insert 5a Loop Test 18.6 12.6 Negative control 30.5 Planar Test 18.8 9.9 Negative control 28.7 Insert 6 Loop Test 18.6 11.5 Negative control 30.1 Planar Test 22.1 11.8 Negative control 33.9 Insert 7 Loop Test 18.9 18.5 Negative control 37.4 Planar Test 17.9 8.2 Negative control 26.1 Insert 8 Loop Test 21.0 14.1 Negative control 35.1 Planar Test 18.7 9.4 Negative control 28.1 Insert 9 Loop Test 21.3 16.0 Negative control 37.3 Planar Test 18.4 8.6 Negative control 27.0 Insert 10 Loop Test 19.4 12.8 Negative control 32.3 Planar Test 18.7 8.9 Negative control 27.6 Insert 11 Loop Test 19.0 10.7 Negative control 29.7 Planar Test 20.9 10.1 Negative control 31.0 {circumflex over ( )}only one replicate worked due to experimental error

Overall, all fifteen US's were suitable for analysis of wild type target sequence. There were differences in the results with slightly more variability observed in the Loop PASS primer assays than for the Planar PASS primer assays evident by the greater range of Ct values obtained. However, the experiment demonstrated that a variety of different unique insert sequences can be used for amplification and detection of the same target and screening to find the best PASS primer/US insert combination can help to improve the specificity of the reaction.

Example 21 Comparing the Specificity of a PASS Primer Reaction to One that Combines a Forward PASS Primer with a Reverse Pinch PASS Primer Both Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Base Changes in Sequence

The specificity of the PASS primers containing either a USI or a USJ was investigated in assays targeting the point mutations in codon 12 of KRAS referred to as G12V and G12S. This example investigates the ability to detect the variant strains G12V and G12S and to discriminate these from wild type and other KRAS G12/G13 variants.

In this example, a reverse standard primer was compared to using a reverse Pinch PASS primer both in combination with a forward PASS primer or forward Pinch PASS primer (G12S only) and an MNAzyme readout. The 3′ S2 region of the reverse Pinch PASS primer bound closer to the partzyme sensing region than the standard reverse primer and looped out 43 bases from the target sequence resulting in an amplicon size of 100 bp compared to 160 bp with the standard reverse primer.

The assays containing a standard reverse primer were compared to those containing a reverse Pinch PASS primer both of which were combined with a forward PASS primer and MNAzyme detection in qPCR with a fluorescent readout to determine if a forward PASS primer can be combined with a reverse Pinch PASS primer and whether the additional PASS primer could influence the specificity of the reaction with respect to the ability to discriminate the variant sequence from the wild type and/or other variants.

21.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the KRAS gene for the variant G12S or G12V and/or any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the bases in bold and underlined represent the two bases either side of the USJ, bases underlined hybridise to the cUS insert and bases in bold and italicised represent the variant bases (G12S or G12V) and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A: G12S_gi2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 161 ACATACTA GTTGGAGGTAGTGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A: G12S_LT10A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 162 TGAATATA AG TTGGAGGTAGTGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATA CTATGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 21.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 21.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the USI which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and italicised are the variant base, bases in bold and underlined are the USJ and bases italicised and underlined represent an additional base mismatched to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12S_gi2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 166 CCTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAA AGACATACTA GTTGGAG G T

Forward Pinch PASS primer 5G12S_LT10: SEQ ID NO: 170 CCTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATA AG TTGGAG G T

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM4i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 87 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGCCG

Reverse Pinch PASS primer 3Kras_LT43 SEQ ID NO: 171 TGCATATTAAAACAAGATTTACCTC TG TATCGTC 21.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the A549 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12S and human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. Human gDNA extracted from the cell lines IM9 (wild type), and SW480 (G12V) were used as negative control template for KRAS variant G12S and human gDNA extracted from the cell lines IM9 (wild type) and A549 (G12S) were used as negative control template for the KRAS variant G12V.

21.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Detection of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 64° C. for 60 seconds (minus 1° C. per cycle), 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer, 100 nM partzyme A and 200 nM of reverse primer (the combinations are listed in Table 37). All reactions also contained 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either 35 ng of A549 gDNA template used as a positive control for KRAS G12S target and 35 ng of SW480 (G12V) and IM9 (WT) used as negative controls, 35 ng of SW480 gDNA template was used as a positive control for KRAS G12V target and 35 ng of IM9 (WT) and A549 (G12S) was used as negative control and additional controls contained no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 37 Forward primer, reverse primer and partzyme A combinations for the variant assays Target Partzyme A Forward Primer Reverse primer G12S G12S_gi2A4/55-P PASS (USI) Standard 5G12S_gi2Planar 3KRAS Pinch PASS 3KRAS_LT43 G12S_LT10A4/55-P PASS (USJ) Standard 5G12S_LT10 3KRAS Pinch PASS 3KRAS_LT43 G12V G12V_LMi2A/55-P PASS (USI) Standard 5G12V_LM4i2Planar 3KRAS Pinch PASS 3KRAS_LT43 21.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The results of amplification and detection are summarised in the following Table 38.

TABLE 38 Ct values for PASS primer and partzyme combinations ΔCt Ct from Target Design Reverse primer Test Template (Ave) positive G12S PASS primer with Standard Positive G12S (A549) 21.6 USI Negative WT (IM9) 34.5 12.9 Negative G12V (SW480) 35.5 13.9 Pinch PASS Positive G12S (A549) 22.1 Negative WT (IM9) 40.2 18.1 Negative G12V (SW480) 40.6 18.5 Pinch PASS Standard Positive G12S (A549) 22.3 primer with USJ Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >27.7 Negative G12V (SW480) No Ct >27.7 Pinch PASS Positive G12S (A549) 22.8 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >27.2 Negative G12V (SW480) No Ct >27.2 G12V PASS primer with Standard Positive G12V (SW480) 21.3 USI Negative WT (IM9) 37.1 15.8 Negative G12S (A549) 37.5 16.2 Pinch PASS Positive G12V (SW480) 22.2 Negative WT (IM9) No Ct >27.8 Negative G12S (A549) No Ct >27.8 N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

The Ct values (Table 38) indicate that all combination of primers can efficiently amplify the target genes. When the G12S forward PASS primer combined with a standard reverse primer was compared to being combined with a reverse Pinch PASS primer the Ct of the positive sample was similar for both however when the negative control samples were tested the reverse Pinch PASS primer demonstrated greater specificity with the ΔCt increased by ˜5 (Table 38). The G12S assay that employs a forward Pinch PASS primer demonstrated good amplification and specificity when used with a standard reverse primer. Combining it with the reverse Pinch PASS primer demonstrated efficient amplification and high specificity giving similar Ct's and ΔCt's (Table 38).

When the G12V forward PASS primer combined with a standard reverse primer was compared to results when combined with a reverse Pinch PASS primer the Ct of the positive sample was similar for both, however when the negative control samples were tested the reverse Pinch PASS primer demonstrated greater specificity with the ΔCt increased by greater than 11 (Table 38).

This example demonstrates that it will be feasible to combine forward PASS primers with reverse PASS primers without impacting amplification efficiency. Further combining forward PASS primers with reverse PASS primers may also improve the specificity of the reaction.

Example 22 Comparing the Sensitivity of PASS Primers with the Mismatch Base in Different Positions Combined with MNAzymes to Detect Single Base Changes in a Sequence

The specificity of the PASS primers containing various types of mismatch bases at different positions was investigated in assays targeting the point mutation in codon 12 of KRAS referred to as G12V. The example investigated the ability to detect the variant strain G12V and to discriminate it from the wild type.

The design 3 (FIG. 7) planar and loop PASS primers were used for the amplification of G12V sequence. The mismatch base was located at position 2, 3 or 4 from the 3′ end of S2 and was either a C:C, A:C, A:G, G:A, A:A or C:A mismatch. The PASS primers were combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence containing the complement of the variant (mutant) base and mismatched base. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme within amplified target sequence of interest.

PASS primers with different mismatch combinations were compared to investigate the effect on specificity.

22.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the G12V sequence and any mismatch and cUS introduced via the PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined are the unique sequence insert (i2) which is mismatched with respect to the starting template. Bases in bold and italicised represent the variant (mutant) base and bases underlined and in italics represent an additional mismatched base. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B KRAS_B/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 18 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTGCGTAGGCAAGAGTGCCTT partzyme A G12V_LMi2A/55-P: SEQ ID NO: 24 AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_g3i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 287 AGACATACTA TGGAGC G G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_a3i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 288 AGACATACTA TGGAGC A G

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_c2i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 289 AGACATACTA TGGAGCT C

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_a2i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 290 AGACATACTA TGGAGCT A

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT partzyme A G12V_a4i2A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 291 AGACATACTA TGGAG A TG

TGACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT 22.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 22.3. PCR Primers for Amplification of KRAS DNA

In vitro amplification of human gDNA was performed using the oligonucleotide PCR primers listed below. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence, bases underlined are the unique sequences which are mismatched with respect to the starting template, bases bold and italicised are the variant base and bases italicised and underlined represent an additional base mismatched to both targets. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3KRAS: SEQ ID NO: 26 GGTCCTGCACCAGTAATATGC Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM3i2LLoop SEQ ID NO: 50 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_g3i2Loop SEQ ID NO: 292 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGC G G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a3i2Loop SEQ ID NO: 293 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGC A G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_c2i2Loop SEQ ID NO: 294 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGCT C

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a2i2Loop SEQ ID NO: 295 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAGCT A

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a4i2Loop SEQ ID NO: 296 GACTGAATATAAACTTGTGGTAGT AGACATACTA TGGAG A TG

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_LM4i2Planar: SEQ ID NO: 87 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC C G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_g3i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 297 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC G G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a3i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 298 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGC A G

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_c2i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 299 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGCT C

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a2i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 300 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAGCT A

Forward PASS primer 5G12V_a4i2Planar SEQ ID NO: 301 CTGCTGAAAATGACTGAATATAAAC AGACATACTA TGGAG A TG

22.4. Target Sequence

Human gDNA extracted from the SW480 cell line was used as template for in vitro amplification of the point mutation G12V. Human gDNA extracted from the cell line IM9 (wild type) was used as negative control template for KRAS variant G12V.

22.5. Reaction Components: Amplification and Quantitation of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and quantitation of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 60° C. for 20 seconds (minus 0.6° C. per cycle), 50 cycles of 95° C. for 5 seconds and 54° C. for 20 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). All reactions were run in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM partzyme A (outlined in Table 39), 200 nM of reverse primer (3KRAS), 200 nM partzyme B (KRAS_B/55-P), 200 nM substrate (Sub55-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNAase Inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either SW480 gDNA as the Test template (35 ng), K562 gDNA as the negative control template (35 ng) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 39 Forward primer and partzyme A combinations for the variant assay Mismatch position (bases Mismatch from 3′ end) type Partzyme A Forward Primer 3 C:A G12V_LMi2A/55-P 5G12V_LM3i2LLoop 5G12V_LM4i2Planar 3 G:A G12V_g3i2A/55-P 5G12V_g3i2Loop 5G12V_g3i2Planar 3 A:A G12V_a3i2A/55-P 5G12V_a3i2Loop 5G12V_a3i2Planar 2 C:C G12V_c2i2A/55-P 5G12V_c2i2Loop 5G12V_c2i2Planar 2 A:C G12V_a2i2A/55-P 5G12V_a2i2Loop 5G12V_a2i2Planar 4 A:G G12V_a4i2A/55-P 5G12V_a4i2Loop 5G12V_a4i2Planar 22.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

PASS primers containing different mismatch bases at different locations were used to produce amplicons for the real-time detection of the KRAS variant G12V. This reaction showed an increase in fluorescence over time when the target sequence used was Test human gDNA (SW480) amplified via PCR. The fluorescence of the no template control was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzyme that then cleaved the reporter substrate.

In reactions containing a PASS primer with the mismatch base at position 3, the C:A mismatch produce an earlier Ct of 22.7/22.5 (Loop/Planar) for the Test reaction compared to the A:A mismatch with a Ct of 24.2/23.9 (Loop/Planar) (Table 40). The C:A mismatch was also more specific than the A:A mismatch with a ΔCt between the test and negative control of 15.4/14.2 (Loop/Planar) versus 12.6/14.0 (Loop/Planar) for the A:A mismatch (Table 40).

The PASS primer with a G:A mismatch at position 3 could not distinguish between the Test and negative control template, with negative ΔCt's for both loop and planar designs (Table 40). Further analysis of the PASS primer sequence created by having a “G” inserted at position 3, opposed to a “C” or “A” showed that the first 3 bases at the 3′ end of S2 could bind to the wild type template 1 base 3′ of where the S2 region would bind in the variant template, this binding was sufficiently strong that the PASS primer was no longer specific for the variant. This is an important feature that should be investigated each time a PASS primer is designed, and that is to check for any possible mis-priming that might arise due to the mismatch base selected, on any Test and negative control template.

The PASS primers that contained the mismatch base at position 2 from the 3′ end of S2, demonstrated increased specificity with ΔCt's ranging from 15.0 to >24.0 (Table 40). However placing the mismatch at position 2 is more destabilising than at position 3 as the Ct values of the Test reactions were also increased. The C:C mismatch at position 2 was more destabilising than C:A increasing the Ct to 32.1/31.7 (loop/planar), and was also increased by almost 10 Ct more than the position 3 mismatches (Table 40). The A:C mismatch was seen to be less destabilising only increasing the Ct to ˜25 for both loop and planar PASS primers which is only 3 Ct more than the best mismatch at position 3. Of note with the PASS primers containing an A:C mismatch at position 2 was the only design where the US in loop formation displayed an advantage over the US in planar formation with a ΔCt of >24.3 compared to 15.0 for the planar (Table 40).

PASS primers with a mismatch at position 4 also demonstrated good specificity compared to having a mismatch at position 3 with ΔCt's of 13.1/14.4 (loop/planar) (Table 40).

This example demonstrates that the mismatch base can be located at various positions in the S2 region of the PASS primer and still maintain effectiveness and that the type of mismatch can be tailored to avoid any possible mis-priming or secondary structure.

TABLE 40 Ct values for G12V PASS vs. WE-ARMS primer Mismatch position & mismatch US inserted Reaction type Ct ΔCt from Test 3 & C:A Loop Test 22.7 15.4 Negative control 38.0 Planar Test 22.5 14.2 Negative control 36.6 3 & G:A Loop Test 27.8 −1.0 Negative control 26.8 Planar Test 27.0 −0.5 Negative control 26.5 3 & A:A Loop Test 24.2 12.6 Negative control 36.8 Planar Test 23.9 14.0 Negative control 37.8 2 & C:C Loop Test 32.1 >17.9 Negative control No Ct Planar Test 31.7 >18.3 Negative control No Ct 2 & A:C Loop Test 25.8 >24.3 Negative control No Ct Planar Test 25.3 15.0 Negative control 40.3 4 & A:G Loop Test 23.7 13.1 Negative control 36.8 Planar Test 23.0 14.4 Negative control 37.4 N.B. When no Ct was produced for a negative control sample the final Ct of 50 was used to produce the ΔCt and a greater than symbol (>) placed in front to indicate that the ΔCt would be expected to be higher than this value.

Example 23 Investigating the Use of Different Primer and Partzyme A Design Combinations in a Model System

In this example, the TFRC genome was used as a model system for testing different combinations of primer and partzyme A designs as described in FIG. 14.

More specifically, the following scenarios were tested, (i) a standard forward primer was combined with either a standard MNAzyme binding downstream of the forward primer (FIG. 14 (i A)) or an MNAzyme containing a Pinch Pass partzyme A binding downstream of the forward primer (FIG. 14 (i B)), (ii) a standard forward primer was combined with either a standard MNAzyme binding in a region overlapping with the forward primer (FIG. 14 (ii A)) or an MNAzyme containing a Pinch Pass partzyme A binding in a region overlapping with the forward primer (FIG. 14 (ii B)) or (iii) a forward primer containing a tag combined with either a standard MNAzyme binding in a region overlapping with the forward primer (FIG. 14 (iii A)) or an MNAzyme containing a tagged Pinch Pass partzyme A binding in a region overlapping with the tagged portion of the forward primer (FIG. 14 (iii C)).

The different combination of forward primers and partzyme A's, were combined with PCR amplification for a readout in real-time to determine if they were compatible with amplification and detection of the TFRC gene.

23.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed that were either a) fully matched “standard” partzymes where the sensor arm was fully and consecutively complementary to the target sequence or b) Pinch PASS partzymes in which, the partzyme A is complementary to non-consecutive stretches of sequence in the target amplicon, such that a portion of the amplicon is looped out at the USJ in the sensor arm of the partzyme. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, the lowercase bases represent the first bases either side of the USJ and bases underlined bind to the complementary tag sequence inserted into the amplicon by the tagged forward primer. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B TFRC_2B/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 145 TGGACGAGGGAGGCTAGCTTCTGACTGGAAAACAGACTCTA partzyme A TFRC_2A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 146 CTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGGAGACTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2(54)pp10A/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 302 TGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAAtaCTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG Pinch PASS partzyme A TFRC_2tagppA/84-P: SEQ ID NO: 303 TCGTTACCTAGTCTAAGc aCTGTCCCACAACGAGAGGGTCGAG 23.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored in real time by excitation at 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) and emission at 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate used in this this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub84-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 158 CTCGACCCTCguCCCTCGTCCA 23.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of TFRC

The target sequence for this example was the TFRC gene in human genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). The oligonucleotide PCR primers are listed below. The sequence in bold at the 5′ termini of the primer sequences corresponds to a tag (T1, T2 or T3) not found in the target gene sequence. T1 and T2 are used to increase the Tm of the primer without affecting the specificity of the primer to the gene target. T3 is a longer tag that is used to introduce a stretch of tag sequence into the 5′ end of the amplicon. Primer sequences are listed 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3TFRC_2T2: SEQ ID NO: 304 CAGCTTTCTGAGGTTACCATCCTA Forward primer 5TFRC_T1: SEQ ID NO: 160 CTAACTGGGCAAGGAACAATAACTC Forward primer 5TFRC_3 SEQ ID NO: 305 AGAACTTACGCCTGCTTTCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGGAG Forward primer 5TFRC_3T3 SEQ ID NO: 306 TCGTTACCTAGTCTAAGCCTGATTCTAGGAATATGGAAGGAG 23.4. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 50 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 100 nM of partzyme A, as outlined in Table 41, 200 nM of partzyme B (TFRC_2B/84-P), 200 nM of reverse primer (3TFRC_2T2), 200 nM substrate (Sub84-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either IM9 gDNA (50 ng or 50 pg) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 41 Partzyme A and forward primer combinations Forward Primer primer design name Partzyme A design Partzyme A name Reaction Standard; 5TFRC_T1 Standard TFRC_2A/84-P (i A) upstream of Pinch PASS; loops TFRC_2(54)pp10A/84-P (i B) partzyme A out 10 bases of target sequence Standard; 5TFRC_3 Standard TFRC_2A/84-P (ii A) overlaps with Pinch PASS; loops TFRC_2(54)pp10A/84-P (ii B) partzyme A out 10 bases of target sequence Standard with 5TFRC_3T3 Standard TFRC_2A/84-P (iii A) tag; overlaps tagged Pinch PASS; TFRC_2tagppA/84-P (iii C) with partzyme A loops out 24 bases of target 23.5. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The final fluorescence of the no template control reactions was lower than that in the DNA target-containing reactions. This demonstrates that the increase in fluorescence produced in target-containing reactions is due to target dependent assembly of catalytically active MNAzymes and subsequent cleavage of the reporter substrate.

Using a standard primer upstream of a standard partzyme A (reaction i A) resulted in detection of the TFRC gene with Ct values of 15.2 & 26 for 50 ng and 50 pg respectively (Table 42).

TABLE 42 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR Ct 50 ng Ct 50 pg Forward primer design Partzyme A design Reaction IM9 gDNA IM9 gDNA Standard; upstream of Standard (i A) 15.2 26.0 partzyme A Pinch PASS; loops out 10 (i B) 16.5 27.1 bases of target sequence Standard; overlaps with Standard (ii A) 26.5 no Ct partzyme A Pinch PASS; loops out 10 (ii B) 23.6 43.4 bases of target sequence Standard with tag; Standard (iii A) 16.4 33.7 overlaps with partzyme A tagged Pinch PASS; (iii C) 16.5 27.1 loops out 24 bases of target

Use of a Pinch PASS partzyme A (reaction i B) similarly detected the TFRC gene (Table 42), with efficient detection of 50 pg of target.

Use of a standard forward primer overlapping with the standard partzyme A (reaction ii A) resulted in a much later Ct value (26.5) for the 50 ng of template and failed to detect 50 pg of template when compared to using an upstream primer (Table 42) which has reduced the efficiency of the reaction due to the competition for binding when the 5′ end of the partzyme overlaps with the 3′ end of the primer. However, by comparison, detection using the Pinch PASS partzyme A (reaction ii B) following amplification with this same primer resulted in an earlier Ct value than for reaction ii A indicating the reaction ii B design is advantageous due to a reduction in binding competition.

Use of a tagged standard forward primer overlapping with a standard partzyme A (reaction iii A) improved the Ct values compared to the overlapping standard forward primer (reaction ii A) (Table 42). When used in combination with the tagged Pinch PASS partzyme A the reaction (iii C), performed similarly to when using an upstream primer with a standard partzyme A (reaction i A) and the same as using an upstream primer with a Pinch PASS partzyme A (reaction i B) (Table 42).

Overall, detection of a target sequence using an MNAzyme that contains a Pinch PASS partzyme and an overlapping forward primer can be improved by the addition of a tag sequence to the forward primer and partzyme A. This has application when, for example, it is desired to amplify two targets which have regions of homology and regions of variability. Pinch PASS partzymes with tag primers can be designed to bind to homologous regions of the targets and the tag is used so that the Pinch PASS partzyme “jumps” the variable regions. The example demonstrates the feasibility of using all or any of the designs illustrated in FIG. 14 and the specific application of an assay may influence choice of design.

Example 24 Investigating the Use of PASS Primers Containing a US Insert Composed of an Antisense DNAzyme

PASS primers have been shown that contain a US that is non-complementary to the target sequence and hence provide a unique sequence for the partzyme to bind when inserted into the amplicon during PCR. It is also possible to use the US to insert a functional sequence into an amplicon, such as a DNAzyme, aptamer or assembly facilitator.

In this example, the US of a PASS primer was designed to be composed of sequence that is the inactive, antisense form of a DNAzyme while still being non-complementary to the target sequence. Upon amplification during PCR an active, sense DNAzyme is inserted into the amplicon and can cleave a substrate to produce a signal in real-time (FIG. 15 panel (ii)). This was compared to a standard PASS primer whereby the US had no function and was non-complementary to the target sequence (FIG. 15 panel (i)). Both PASS primers were combined with MNAzyme qPCR whereby MNAzymes comprise a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the unique sequence (cUS) as well as amplified target sequence. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme on the amplified target sequence of interest. The active MNAzyme then cleaves substrate 1 (Sub 1) producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time. A second substrate 2 (Sub 2) was added to both reactions such that when a standard PASS partzyme is used the substrate 2 remains uncleaved and does not produce a signal (FIG. 15 panel (i)). However when the PASS primers are used that contain the antisense of the DNAzyme, upon amplification the active DNAzyme is formed and can cleave substrate 2 producing a signal that can be monitored in real-time (FIG. 15 panel (ii)). Substrate 2 can be labeled with a different fluorophore to substrate 1 so the two signals can be distinguished or substrate 2 can be labeled with the same fluorophore as substrate 1 boosting the signal produced and possibly decreasing the Ct value.

The Standard PASS primer and the Functional PASS primer were compared and combined with PCR amplification for a readout in real-time to determine if they were compatible with amplification and detection of the ROCK1 gene. Further, an additional substrate was added to the qPCR mix to determine if an active DNAzyme could be inserted into the amplicon and its affect on signal strength.

24.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to specifically target the ROCK1 gene plus any cUS introduced via a PASS primer. In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest and bases underlined bind to the complement of the unique sequence. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

partzyme B ROCK1_B/2-P SEQ ID NO: 307 TGCCCAGGGAGGCTAGCTCAGCTGTGTCCGATTCTGTC partzyme A ROCK1_i13A/2-P SEQ ID NO: 308 CCA CTCTTCCTCAATCTTAACAACGAGAGGAAACCTT 24.2. Reporter Substrates

In the current example, the Sub2 and Sub84 substrates were end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrates below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrates below). Cleavage of the substrates was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The Sub84 substrate was end labelled with a Quasar 670 moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “Q6” in the name of the substrate below) and a Black Hole Quencher® 2 moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “B2” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 675-690 nm (Quasar 670 emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 620-650 nm (Quasar 670 excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA. The reporter substrates for this example are shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′.

Substrate Sub2-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 94 AAGGTTTCCTCguCCCTGGGCA Substrate Sub84-FIB: SEQ ID NO: 158 CTCGACCCTCguCCCTCGTCCA Substrate Sub84-Q6B2: SEQ ID NO: 158 CTCGACCCTCguCCCTCGTCCA 24.3. Target Sequence and PCR Primers for Amplification of TFRC

The target sequence for this example was the ROCK1 gene in human genomic DNA extracted from the IM9 cell line (Promega). In the following sequences the bases in bold hybridize with the target sequence of interest, bases underlined are the unique sequence and bases underlined and in italics are the unique sequence composed of an antisense DNAzyme. The oligonucleotide PCR primers are listed below. Primer sequences are listed 5′ to 3′.

Reverse primer 3ROCK1: SEQ ID NO: 309 GCCAATGACTTACTTAGGAC Forward PASS primer 5ROCK1_i13Planar: SEQ ID NO: 310 AACTGACTAATTGACTTGCTCATC CATAGTGCCA CTCTTCCTCAA Forward PASS primer 5ROCK1_i13asDz84P: SEQ ID NO: 311 TGCAACTCTCTGTTCAGGGACT CTCGACCCTCTCGTTGTAGCTAGCCTC CCTCGTCCA CTCTTCCTCAA 24.4. Reaction Components: Amplification of Target Sequence

Real-time amplification and detection of the target sequence was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 10 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 61° C. for 60 seconds (−1° C./cycle), 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 52° C. for 50 seconds (data collected at the 52° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 200 nM of additional substrate, as outlined in Table 43. All reactions contained 100 nM of partzyme A (ROCK1_i13A/2-P), 200 nM of partzyme B (ROCK1_B/2-P), and 200 nM of reverse primer (3ROCK1), 200 nM substrate (Sub2-FIB), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP, 10 units RiboSafe RNase inhibitor (Bioline), 1× ImmoBuffer (Bioline), 2 units of MyTaq™ HS DNA polymerase (Bioline) and either IM9 gDNA (50 pg) or no target (NF H₂O).

TABLE 43 PASS primer and substrate combinations Additional PASS primer Design PASS primer Substrate Incorporates cUS for partzyme 5ROCK1_i13Planar Sub84-Q6B2 A to bind into amplicon Sub84-FIB Incorporates cUS for partzyme 5ROCK1_i13asDz84L Sub84-Q6B2 A to bind and an active Sub84-FIB DNAzyme into amplicon 24.5. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

In reactions containing the ROCK1 PASS primer comprising either a standard or functional US the Ct values for 50 pg gDNA (IM9) indicated successful amplification and detection (Table 44).

The assay containing the Standard PASS primer, with the MNAzyme cleaving Sub2-FIB, performed comparably whether the additional substrate, Sub84 was labelled with FAM or Quasar 670 (Q670) with a Ct of ˜24 for 50 pg (Table 44). When the functional PASS primer was used, which incorporates an active DNAzyme into the amplicon, MNAzyme cleavage of Sub2-FIB and DNAzyme cleavage of Sub84-Q670 both produced Ct's of ˜25 (Table 44). The use of Sub2 and Sub84 both labelled with FAM, producing a single curve for both MNAzyme and DNAzyme cleavage of the substrates, resulted in a Ct of ˜23.

This demonstrates that a DNAzyme can be inserted into an amplicon without affecting the efficiency of the MNAzyme reaction and that combining the MNAzyme and DNAzyme signal can improve the Ct value obtained.

While this example uses a PASS primer to incorporate a DNAzyme into the amplicon, it is obvious to one in the art that the PASS primer could also be used to incorporate other functional sequences into an amplicon such as an aptamer, a partzyme or an additional MNAzyme assembly facilitator.

TABLE 44 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR FAM Q670 PASS primer 50 pg 50 pg Design Substrate Design Substrates (Ave Ct) (Ave Ct) Incorporates cUS MNAzyme FAM signal Sub2-FIB 24.1 No Ct for partzyme A to no DNAzyme Sub84-Q6B2 bind into amplicon MNAzyme FAM signal Sub2-FIB 24.7 n/a no DNAzyme Sub84-FIB Incorporates cUS MNAzyme FAM signal Sub2-FIB 25.9 25.3 for partzyme A to DNAzyme Q670 signal Sub84-Q6B2 bind and an active MNAzyme FAM signal Sub2-FIB 23.2 n/a DNAzyme into DNAzyme FAM signal Sub84-FIB amplicon

Example 25 Detection of Multiple Enterovirus RNAs Using a Single PASS Primer and Single MNAzyme

The genus Enterovirus is a group of over 60 closely related but unique viruses. Detecting the presence of any enterovirus is a critical step in the treatment plan for meningitis. As such, a simple inexpensive test which can efficiently detect as many enteroviruses as possible is highly sought after. Here we describe the use of a PASS primer which is designed to bind at its 5′ end (S1) and 3′end (S2) to common sequence found in all enteroviruses, but skips a 68 bp variable region in each enterovirus through the addition of a unique sequence (US) in between S1 and S2 (as described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 12 (ii)). The PASS primer is designed to amplify all known enterovirus RNA and will introduce the complement of the US into the amplicon in place of the variable sequence. A single MNAzyme is then used to detect any amplified enterovirus sequence by targeting the complement of the US and common (conserved) enterovirus sequence (as described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 12 (ii)).

In this example we demonstrate the use of a PASS primer designed to amplify both Enterovirus 71 and Poliovirus 3 and combined with MNAzyme detection in qPCR whereby both viruses can be detected with the same MNAzyme that comprises a first partzyme that binds to the complement of the US insert (cUS) and the amplified common target sequence for both Enterovirus 71 and Poliovirus 3. The second partzyme binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest. This was compared to the use of a standard primer designed to amplify both Enterovirus 71 and Poliovirus 3 and combined with MNAzyme detection in qPCR whereby each virus requires a unique MNAzyme that comprises a first partzyme that specifically targets each virus and a second partzyme that can be used for both and binds adjacently to the first partzyme, hybridizing to the amplified target sequence of interest.

25.1. Partzyme Oligonucleotides

Partzymes were designed to detect either the (i) Enterovirus 71 RNA (ii) Polio Virus 3 RNA or (iii) all Enterovirus RNA (by switching variable sequence to a US in the amplicon, through use of a PASS primer). Bases in bold indicate sequence specific for the two viral targets, bases in italics indicate common enterovirus sequence, underlined bases represent US. The “-P” indicates 3′ phosphorylation of the oligonucleotide. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Partzyme A (i) Ent71_A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 312 AACTCTGCA GCGGAACCGACTAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT Partzyme A (ii) Polio3_A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 313 AAGTCTGTG GCGGAACCGACTAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT Partzyme A (iii) Ent_i14A/55-P SEQ ID NO: 314 CTCCATTACT GCGGAACCGACTAACAACGAGAGGTGCGGT Partzyme B Ent_B/55-P SEQ ID NO: 315 GAGCTGGGGAGGCTAGCTCTTTGGGTGTCCGTGTTTCCT 25.2. Reporter Substrate

In the current example, the substrate was end labelled with a 6-FAM moiety at the 5′ end (indicated by a “F” in the name of the substrate below) and an Iowa Black® FQ quencher moiety at the 3′ end (indicated by a “IB” in the name of the substrate below). Cleavage of the substrate was monitored between 510-530 nm (FAM emission wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)) with excitation between 450-490 nm (FAM excitation wavelength range on the CFX96 (BioRad)). The reporter substrate for this example is shown below with the sequence, 5′ to 3′. The lower case bases represent RNA and the upper case bases represent DNA.

Substrate Sub55-FIB SEQ ID NO: 25 ACCGCACCTCguCCCCAGCTC 25.3. PCR Primers for Enterovirus RNA.

Standard and PASS primers were designed to bind to common sequence in all Enterovirus RNA species. In the following sequences, the bases in bold hybridize with the sequence common to both enterovirus species while underlined bases represent the unique sequence which is mismatched to the variable region of the Enterovirus RNA. Italicised bases indicate a short tag sequence (T1 or T2) not part of the target sequence added to increase the Tm of the primer. All sequences are written 5′ to 3′.

Forward primer 5Ent_T1 SEQ ID NO: 316 CTAA CCCTGAATGCGGCTAATCC Forward PASS primer 5Ent_i14 SEQ ID NO: 317 TCCGGCCCCTGAATGCGG CTCCATTACT GCGGAACC Reverse primer 3Ent_T2 SEQ ID NO: 318 CAG ATTGTCACCATAAGCAGCCA 25.4. Template

Extracted Enterovirus 71 RNA was obtained from Viricell. Poliovirus 3 RNA was obtained from Asuragen as bacteriophage coated RNA (Armored RNA). The Poliovirus 3 RNA was released from the bacteriophage by heating at 75° C. for 3 minutes.

25.5. Reaction Components

Reverse transcription and real-time amplification and detection of the target sequences was performed in a total reaction volume of 25 μL. The reactions were conducted in a CFX96™ Real-Time PCR detection System (BioRad). The cycling parameters were 48° C. for 20 minutes, 95° C. for 2 minutes, 5 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 55° C. for 30 seconds, 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 54° C. for 60 seconds (data collected at the 54° C. step). Each set of reaction conditions was tested in duplicate and contained 40 nM forward primer and 200 nM Partzyme A (i) or (ii) or 100 nM Partzyme A (iii) as outlined in Table 45. All reactions contained 200 nM of substrate (Sub55-FIB), reverse primer (3Ent_T2) and partzyme B (Ent_B/55-P), 8 mM MgCl₂, 200 μM of each dNTP and 1× SensiFAST™ Probe No-ROX One-Step Kit (Bioline) containing SensiFAST™ Probe No-ROX One-Step Mix, RiboSafe RNAse Inhibitor, Reverse transcriptase (used as per manufacturers instructions). The template used was either Enterovirus 71 (1000 and 100 copies) or Poliovirus 3 RNA template (1000 and 100 copies) or no target control (NF H₂O).

TABLE 45 Forward primer and partzyme A combinations Partzyme Forward A primer Forward Reac- target Partzyme A type primer Template tion Enterovirus (i) Ent71_A/ standard 5Ent_T1 Enterovirus (1) 71 55-P 71 Poliovirus 3 (ii) Polio3_A/ standard 5Ent_T1 Poliovirus 3 (2) 55-P All (iii) Ent_i14A/ PASS 5Ent_i14 Enterovirus (3a) Enterovirus 55-P 71 Poliovirus 3 (3b) 25.6. Results: Amplification of Target and Cleavage of Reporter Substrate

The PASS primer detected the Enterovirus 71 template (reaction (3a)) and Poliovirus 3 template (reaction (3b)) with signal produced at very similar Ct values, indicating that the PASS primer is capable of detecting multiple enterovirus sequences with similar efficiency (Table 46). Furthermore the PASS system detected the respective viruses with similar efficiency to their equivalent standard primer and matched partzyme combination (reactions (1) & (2)), even in the presence of low copy number (100 copies) (Table 46), indicating that the PASS primer system had similar sensitivity to the species specific fully matched systems.

TABLE 46 Ct values for MNAzyme qPCR Forward Ct (ave) Ct (ave) Partzyme A primer 1000 100 target type Template Reaction copies copies Enterovirus 71 standard Enterovirus 71 (1) 28.6 31.5 Poliovirus 3 standard Poliovirus 3 (2) 28.8 31.5 All Enterovirus PASS Enterovirus 71 (3a) 29.2 31.9 Poliovirus 3 (3b) 29.5 31.7

The experiment demonstrates that PASS primers can be used to specifically and sensitively amplify variant but related sequences with similar efficiency to fully matched standard primers. Further this PASS primer allowed the looping out of a large region of sequence variable between the different species of a viral family. In this example the region, which was skipped by the PASS primer, was almost 70 bases long and was highly variable between Enterovirus 71 RNA and Polio Virus 3 RNA.

Additional Note Regarding Partzymes/MNAzymes Used in Examples of Present Specification

The MNAzymes referred to in the Examples above comprise first and second partzyme components that hybridise adjacent to one another on a target sequence by complementary base pairing. When such MNAzymes are used in applications that involve producing copies of a target polynucleotide sequence where DNA polymerase is used in conjunction with primers to generate amplicons (e.g. PCR), it is preferable to modify the 3′ end of the partzymes to prevent the DNA polymerase extending the partzyme if hybridised to a target polynucleotide or an amplicon thereof. Such extension could produce amplification products that sequester reaction components away from (i) amplification from the PCR primers and (ii) detection using MNAzyme partzymes.

Oligonucleotides may be modified in a number of ways to prevent extension by DNA polymerases. In the Examples above the partzymes have been 3′ phosphorylated for use in qPCR. However, the skilled person will recognise that other modifications could be used. For example, the following modifications have been used in the art to prevent extension of oligonucleotides by DNA polymerases: 3′ phosphorylation (phosphorylation of the 3′ carbon of the ribose or 2-deoxyribose sugar of the nucleotide) of the 3′ terminal nucleotide of the oligonucleotide; use of a “dideoxy” nucleotide (2′,3′ dideoxynucleotide) as the 3′ terminal nucleotide of the oligonucleotide; addition of a C3-spacer (3′ propyl group) to the 3′ terminal nucleotide of an oligonucleotide; use of a 3′3′ linkage between the terminal and penultimate nucleotides in the oligonucleotide (“inverted” terminal nucleotide). One skilled in the art would appreciate that any of these methods could be used to prevent extension of the partzymes during amplification methods such as PCR. Further one skilled in the art would also acknowledge that when the target sequence is not to be amplified but directly detected by the MNAzyme then any of the partzymes used in the Examples above could be used without 3′ modification as there would be no risk of extension of the partzymes. 

The invention claimed is:
 1. A method for determining the presence or absence of a target polynucleotide in a sample, the method comprising: providing a primer oligonucleotide comprising a first primer component terminating at the 5′ end of the oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a first portion of a strand of the target polynucleotide by complementary base pairing, and a second primer component terminating at the 3′ end of the oligonucleotide and capable of hybridising to a second portion of the target polynucleotide strand by complementary base pairing; contacting a sample potentially comprising the target polynucleotide with the primer oligonucleotide under conditions suitable for hybridisation of the first primer component and second primer component with the target polynucleotide strand to thereby form a double-stranded duplex, wherein at least one strand of an intermediate section of the duplex comprises a sequence of at least four nucleotides that remains unhybridised to an opposing strand of the intermediate section due to an absence of a sequence of nucleotides in the opposing strand of the intermediate section sharing base pair complementarity with the sequence of at least four nucleotides; contacting the sample with a polymerase enzyme capable of using the target polynucleotide strand as a template to extend the length of the primer oligonucleotide of the duplex and thereby generate an amplicon comprising an internal component intermediate to first and second end components, wherein the first end component of the amplicon is capable of hybridising by complementary base pairing to said first portion of the target polynucleotide strand, the second end component of the amplicon is capable of hybridising by complementary base pairing to said second portion of the target polynucleotide strand, and said hybridising of the first and second end components of the amplicon to the target polynucleotide strand positions the internal component of the amplicon to oppose an intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target polynucleotide strand located between the first and second portions of the target polynucleotide strand that does not share base pair complementarity with the internal component; and detecting whether the amplicon is generated, wherein detection of the amplicon indicates the presence of the target polynucleotide in the sample, and failure to detect the amplicon indicates the absence of the target polynucleotide in the sample.
 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises detecting the internal component of the amplicon or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the internal component of the amplicon.
 3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the melting temperature of the first primer component is greater than the melting temperature of the second primer component upon said hybridising to the target polynucleotide strand by complementary base pairing.
 4. The method according to claim 1, wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises a third primer component located between the first primer component and second primer component, wherein the third primer component consists of a sequence of nucleotides that: does not share base pair complementarity with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target polynucleotide strand, and is identical to a sequence of nucleotides in the internal component of the amplicon.
 5. The method according to claim 4, wherein the third primer component is located partially or completely in the 3′ half of the primer oligonucleotide.
 6. The method according to claim 4, wherein (i) the number of nucleotides in the third primer component and intermediate sequence of nucleotides is equal; or (ii) the number of nucleotides in the third primer component exceeds the number of nucleotides in said intermediate sequence of nucleotides.
 7. The method according to claim 4, wherein the number of nucleotides in the third primer component is less than the number of nucleotides in said intermediate sequence of nucleotides.
 8. The method according to claim 1, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that varies between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, the first primer component and the second primer component are each capable of hybridising to multiple members of the population by virtue of the first primer component sharing sequence complementarity with a component of the target polynucleotide strand positioned upstream of the polymorphic region and the second primer component sharing sequence complementarity with a component of the target polynucleotide strand positioned downstream of the polymorphic region, and the polymorphic region remains unhybridised to the primer oligonucleotide when the first primer component and the second primer component are hybridised to the target polynucleotide.
 9. The method according to claim 1, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) and/or point mutation; the amplicon comprises (i) a nucleotide complementary to the SNP, and/or (ii) a nucleotide complementary to the point mutation; and the first or second primer component is capable of hybridising to (i) and/or (ii) above by complementary base pairing.
 10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the second primer component comprises the nucleotide complementary to the SNP, or the nucleotide complementary to the point mutation, located at the 3′ terminus of the second primer component, one, two, three, four, five, or more than five nucleotides upstream of the 3′ terminus of the second primer component, at the 3′ terminus of the second primer component wherein the second primer component also comprises a nucleotide that is non-complementary to the target polynucleotide located two, three, four, five, six, or more than six nucleotides upstream of the 3′ terminus, or one, two three, four, five, or more than five nucleotides upstream of the 3′ terminus of the second primer component, wherein the second primer component also comprises a further nucleotide that is non-complementary to the target, and said further nucleotide is located 3′ or 5′ of said nucleotide complementary to the SNP or point mutation.
 11. The method according to claim 1, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that differs between at least two individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, the polymorphic region comprises deletion of one or more nucleotides such that the polymorphic region differs between the two or more individual members of said population of the target polynucleotides, and the first primer component or the second primer component is capable of hybridising to the polymorphic region in said target polynucleotide strand by complementary base pairing, wherein the polymorphic region is present in the target polynucleotide strand of only a subset of population members.
 12. The method according to claim 1, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises measuring a signal provided by a dye that binds to double-stranded DNA and/or an amplicon sequence specific-probe.
 13. The method according to claim 1, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises use of an multi-component nucleic acid enzyme (MNAzyme) comprising at least two or more partzyme component oligonucleotides, wherein at least a first partzyme component and a second partzyme component self-assemble in the presence the amplicon to form a catalytically active MNAzyme, wherein each of the first and second partzyme components comprise a substrate arm portion, a catalytic core portion, and a sensor arm portion; wherein upon self-assembly, the sensor arm portion of the first and second partzyme components act as sensor arms of the MNAzyme, the substrate arm portion of the first and second partzyme components act as substrate arms of the MNAzyme, and the catalytic core portion of the first and second partzyme components act as a catalytic core of the MNAzyme; and wherein the sensor arms of the MNAzyme hybridise with some or all of the amplicon by complementary base pairing so as to maintain the first and second partzyme components in proximity for association of their respective catalytic core portions to form the catalytic core of the MNAzyme, the catalytic core being capable of modifying at least one substrate, and wherein the substrate arms of the MNAzyme engage a substrate so that the catalytic core of the MNAzyme can modify the substrate and thereby provide a detectable effect.
 14. The method according to claim 13, wherein a first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is complementary or substantially complementary to a sequence of nucleotides that comprises or consists of the internal component of the amplicon or a component thereof, or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the internal component of the amplicon or component thereof.
 15. The method according to claim 14, wherein the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is additionally complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that comprises or consists of: the first end component and/or the second end component of the amplicon, or a component thereof, or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to the first end component and/or the second end component of the amplicon, or component thereof.
 16. The method according to claim 13, wherein a first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is complementary or substantially complementary to: a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that does not comprise or consist of the internal component of the amplicon, or a component thereof, or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that does not comprise or consist of the internal component of the amplicon or a component thereof.
 17. The method according to claim 13, wherein the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme comprises a nucleotide that is complementary to: a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP), and/or a point mutation present in the target polynucleotide strand, or a nucleotide complementary to the SNP, and/or a nucleotide complementary to the point mutation present in the target polynucleotide strand.
 18. The method according to claim 13, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that differs between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, and the first and/or second sensor arm of said MNAzyme is additionally complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon that comprises or consists of the polymorphic region of a given member of the population, or a component thereof, or a sequence of nucleotides that is complementary to the polymorphic region of a given member of the population, or a component thereof.
 19. The method according to claim 13, wherein a sensor arm of the MNAzyme comprises or consists of a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component, wherein the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the amplicon by complementary base pairing; the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the amplicon by complementary base pairing; and the third sensor arm component is located between the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component and is not capable of hybridising to the amplicon by complementary base pairing when the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component are hybridised to the amplicon.
 20. The method according to claim 13, wherein the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component are capable of hybridising to separate non-contiguous components of the amplicon by complementary base pairing, thereby juxtaposing the non-contiguous components and creating a loop portion comprising unhybridised nucleotides in the amplicon.
 21. The method according to claim 4, wherein the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that differs between two or more individual members of a population of the target polynucleotides, and: said providing comprises providing multiple forms of the primer oligonucleotide, wherein different forms of the primer oligonucleotide share base pair complementarity with different forms of the polymorphic region, or, a portion of the target polynucleotide strand adjacent or substantially adjacent to one or more forms of the polymorphic region; said contacting with the primer oligonucleotide comprises contacting a sample potentially comprising one or more members of the target polynucleotide population with said multiple forms of the primer oligonucleotide under the conditions suitable for hybridisation; and wherein each of the multiple forms of the primer oligonucleotide comprises said third primer component located between the first primer component and second primer component and consisting of a sequence of nucleotides that does not share base pair complementarity with said intermediate sequence of nucleotides in the target polynucleotide strand.
 22. The method according to claim 21, wherein said detecting comprises using an MNAzyme comprising a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component, wherein the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the internal component of the amplicon, and optionally to the first end component of the amplicon, by complementary base pairing; and the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to the second end component of the amplicon by complementary base pairing; and the third sensor arm component is located between the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component and is not capable of hybridising to said polymorphic region or a sequence of nucleotides complementary to said polymorphic region by complementary base pairing when the first sensor arm component and second sensor arm component are hybridised to the amplicon.
 23. The method according to claim 22, wherein multiple forms of the amplicon comprising the polymorphic region are generated by said contacting of the sample with a polymerase enzyme, wherein the polymorphic region of said each form of the amplicon differs; and the sensor arm comprises or consists of a first sensor arm component, a second sensor arm component, and a third sensor arm component that is not complementary to a sequence of nucleotides in the amplicon comprising or consisting of the polymorphic region, wherein the first sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing upstream of the polymorphic region, the second sensor arm component is capable of hybridising to any said form of the amplicon by complementary base pairing downstream of the polymorphic region, the third sensor arm component is located between the first sensor arm component and the second sensor arm component, and is not capable of hybridising by complementary base pairing to the polymorphic region of any said form of the amplicon.
 24. The method according to claim 1, wherein the primer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of nucleotides that is complementary to a functionally active catalytic nucleic acid, said amplicon comprises said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid, and said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises detecting catalytic activity of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid present in the amplicon, and wherein said detecting catalytic activity of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid present in the amplicon comprises contacting the amplicon with a substrate of said functionally active catalytic nucleic acid.
 25. The method according to claim 4, wherein the sample comprises a population of target polynucleotides; the target polynucleotide strand comprises a polymorphic region that varies between at least two individual members of the population of the target polynucleotides; said providing comprises providing two forms of the primer oligonucleotide wherein the first or second primer component of a first said form of the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity with the polymorphic region of the target polynucleotide strand of a first member of the population of target polynucleotides, the first or second primer component of a second said form of the primer oligonucleotide shares base pair complementarity with the polymorphic region of the target polynucleotide strand of a second member of the population of target polynucleotides, the polymorphic region of said first and second members of the population of target polynucleotides differs in nucleotide sequence, and the third component of the first and second forms of the primer oligonucleotide differs in nucleotide sequence; said contacting of the sample comprises contacting the sample with the first and second forms of the primer oligonucleotide; and said contacting of the sample with the polymerase enzyme generates a population of said amplicons, wherein a first member of said population of amplicons comprises an end component sharing sequence complementarity with said polymorphic region of the first member of the population of target polynucleotides, a second member of said population of amplicons comprises an end component sharing sequence complementarity with said polymorphic region of the second member of the population of target polynucleotides, and the nucleotide sequence of the internal component of said first and second members of said population of amplicons differs.
 26. The method according to claim 25, wherein said detecting whether the amplicon is generated comprises measuring a signal provided by a dye that binds to double-stranded DNA and/or an amplicon sequence specific-probe, and optionally wherein said detecting comprises monitoring said generating of said first and second members of the population of amplicons using a melting curve analysis. 